Enhanced PHP File Manager

⬆️ Go Up (..)

📊 Server Information

Server:

Apache

System:

Linux 5.14.0-427.33.1.el9_4.x86_64

PHP Version:

7.4.33

User:

infinio

Directory:

/home/infinio/public_html/moodle/lib

Free Space:

54.46 GB

🔧 Quick Actions

✏️ Editing: moodlelib.php

<?php
// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
//
// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.
//
// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

/**
 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
 *
 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
 * Other main libraries:
 *  - weblib.php      - functions that produce web output
 *  - datalib.php     - functions that access the database
 *
 * @package    core
 * @subpackage lib
 * @copyright  1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas  http://dougiamas.com
 * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
 */

use core\di;
use core\hook;

defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die();

// CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).

// Date and time constants.
/**
 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
 */
define('YEARSECS', 31536000);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
 */
define('WEEKSECS', 604800);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
 */
define('DAYSECS', 86400);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
 */
define('HOURSECS', 3600);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
 */
define('MINSECS', 60);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
 */
define('DAYMINS', 1440);

/**
 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
 */
define('HOURMINS', 60);

// Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
// or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.

// We currently include \core\param manually here to avoid broken upgrades.
// This may change after the next LTS release as LTS releases require the previous LTS release.
require_once(__DIR__ . '/classes/deprecation.php');
require_once(__DIR__ . '/classes/param.php');

/**
 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only English ascii letters [a-zA-Z].
 */
define('PARAM_ALPHA', \core\param::ALPHA->value);

/**
 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
 */
define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', \core\param::ALPHAEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers 0-9 and English ascii letters [a-zA-Z] only.
 */
define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', \core\param::ALPHANUM->value);

/**
 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers 0-9, letters (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) and _- only.
 */
define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', \core\param::ALPHANUMEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
 */
define('PARAM_AUTH', \core\param::AUTH->value);

/**
 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
 */
define('PARAM_BASE64', \core\param::BASE64->value);

/**
 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
 */
define('PARAM_BOOL', \core\param::BOOL->value);

/**
 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
 */
define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', \core\param::CAPABILITY->value);

/**
 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving
 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML
 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
 */
define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', \core\param::CLEANHTML->value);

/**
 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
 */
define('PARAM_EMAIL', \core\param::EMAIL->value);

/**
 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
 */
define('PARAM_FILE', \core\param::FILE->value);

/**
 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
 *
 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
 * Use PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT instead.
 */
define('PARAM_FLOAT', \core\param::FLOAT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT - a localised real/floating point number.
 * This is preferred over PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
 * Cleans localised numbers to computer readable numbers; false for invalid numbers.
 */
define('PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT', \core\param::LOCALISEDFLOAT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
 */
define('PARAM_HOST', \core\param::HOST->value);

/**
 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
 */
define('PARAM_INT', \core\param::INT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
 */
define('PARAM_LANG', \core\param::LANG->value);

/**
 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
 */
define('PARAM_LOCALURL', \core\param::LOCALURL->value);

/**
 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
 */
define('PARAM_NOTAGS', \core\param::NOTAGS->value);

/**
 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
 */
define('PARAM_PATH', \core\param::PATH->value);

/**
 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
 */
define('PARAM_PEM', \core\param::PEM->value);

/**
 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
 */
define('PARAM_PERMISSION', \core\param::PERMISSION->value);

/**
 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
 */
define('PARAM_RAW', \core\param::RAW->value);

/**
 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
 */
define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', \core\param::RAW_TRIMMED->value);

/**
 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
 */
define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', \core\param::SAFEDIR->value);

/**
 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths
 * and other references to Moodle code files.
 *
 * This is NOT intended to be used for absolute paths or any user uploaded files.
 */
define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', \core\param::SAFEPATH->value);

/**
 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9.  Numbers and comma only.
 */
define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', \core\param::SEQUENCE->value);

/**
 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
 */
define('PARAM_TAG', \core\param::TAG->value);

/**
 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
 */
define('PARAM_TAGLIST', \core\param::TAGLIST->value);

/**
 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
 */
define('PARAM_TEXT', \core\param::TEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
 */
define('PARAM_THEME', \core\param::THEME->value);

/**
 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
 */
define('PARAM_URL', \core\param::URL->value);

/**
 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
 */
define('PARAM_USERNAME', \core\param::USERNAME->value);

/**
 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
 */
define('PARAM_STRINGID', \core\param::STRINGID->value);

// DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
/**
 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_CLEAN', \core\param::CLEAN->value);

/**
 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_INTEGER', \core\param::INT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_NUMBER', \core\param::FLOAT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_ACTION', \core\param::ALPHANUMEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_FORMAT', \core\param::ALPHANUMEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_MULTILANG', \core\param::TEXT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
 * America/Port-au-Prince)
 */
define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', \core\param::TIMEZONE->value);

/**
 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
 * @deprecated since 2.0
 */
define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', \core\param::CLEANFILE->value);

/**
 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
 */
define('PARAM_COMPONENT', \core\param::COMPONENT->value);

/**
 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
 */
define('PARAM_AREA', \core\param::AREA->value);

/**
 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
 */
define('PARAM_PLUGIN', \core\param::PLUGIN->value);

// Web Services.

/**
 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
 */
define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);

/**
 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
 */
define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);

/**
 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
 */
define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);

/**
 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
 */
define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);

/**
 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
 */
define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);

// Page types.

/**
 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
 */
define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');

/** Get remote addr constant */
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
/** Get remote addr constant */
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
/**
 * GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT defines the default behavior remote IP address validation.
 */
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT', GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR|GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP);

// Blog access level constant declaration.
define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);

// Tag constants.
/**
 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
 *
 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
 */
define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);

// Password policy constants.
define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');

/**
 * Required password pepper entropy.
 */
define ('PEPPER_ENTROPY', 112);

// Feature constants.
// Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.

/** True if module can provide a grade */
define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
/** True if module supports outcomes */
define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
/** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
/** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
/** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');

/** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
/** True if module has custom completion rules */
define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');

/** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
/** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
/** True if module supports groups */
define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
/** True if module supports groupings */
define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
/**
 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
 */
define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');

/** Type of module */
define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
/** True if module supports intro editor */
define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
/** True if module has default completion */
define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');

define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');

define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
/** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');

/** True if module can show description on course main page */
define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');

/** True if module uses the question bank */
define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');

/**
 * Maximum filename char size
 */
define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100);

/** Unspecified module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
/** Resource-like type module */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
/** Assignment module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
/** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);

/** Type of module */
define('FEATURE_MOD_PURPOSE', 'mod_purpose');
/** Module purpose administration */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_ADMINISTRATION', 'administration');
/** Module purpose assessment */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_ASSESSMENT', 'assessment');
/** Module purpose communication */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_COLLABORATION', 'collaboration');
/** Module purpose communication */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_COMMUNICATION', 'communication');
/** Module purpose content */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_CONTENT', 'content');
/** Module purpose interactive content */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_INTERACTIVECONTENT', 'interactivecontent');
/** Module purpose other */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_OTHER', 'other');
/**
 * Module purpose interface
 * @deprecated since Moodle 4.4
 * @todo MDL-80701 Remove in Moodle 4.8
*/
define('MOD_PURPOSE_INTERFACE', 'interface');

/**
 * Security token used for allowing access
 * from external application such as web services.
 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
 */
define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);

/**
 * Security token used for allowing access
 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
 */
define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);

/**
 * The home page should be the site home
 */
define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
/**
 * The home page should be the users my page
 */
define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
/**
 * The home page can be chosen by the user
 */
define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
/**
 * The home page should be the users my courses page
 */
define('HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES', 3);

/**
 * URL of the Moodle sites registration portal.
 */
defined('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL') || define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', 'https://stats.moodle.org');

/**
 * URL of main Moodle site for marketing, products and services.
 */
defined('MOODLE_PRODUCTURL') || define('MOODLE_PRODUCTURL', 'https://moodle.com');

/**
 * URL of the statistic server public key.
 */
defined('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY') || define('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY', 'https://moodle.org/static/statspubkey.pem');

/**
 * Moodle mobile app service name
 */
define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');

/**
 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
 */
define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);

/**
 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
 */
define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
/**
 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
 */
define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);

/**
 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
 */
define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');

/**
 * Email from header to never include via information.
 */
define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);

/**
 * Email from header to always include via information.
 */
define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);

/**
 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
 */
define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);

/**
 * Contact site support form/link disabled.
 */
define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_DISABLED', 0);

/**
 * Contact site support form/link only available to authenticated users.
 */
define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_AUTHENTICATED', 1);

/**
 * Contact site support form/link available to anyone visiting the site.
 */
define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_ANYONE', 2);

/**
 * Maximum number of characters for password.
 */
define('MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS', 128);

/**
 * Toggle sensitive feature is disabled. Used for sensitive inputs (passwords, tokens, keys).
 */
define('TOGGLE_SENSITIVE_DISABLED', 0);

/**
 * Toggle sensitive feature is enabled. Used for sensitive inputs (passwords, tokens, keys).
 */
define('TOGGLE_SENSITIVE_ENABLED', 1);

/**
 * Toggle sensitive feature is enabled for small screens only. Used for sensitive inputs (passwords, tokens, keys).
 */
define('TOGGLE_SENSITIVE_SMALL_SCREENS_ONLY', 2);

// PARAMETER HANDLING.

/**
 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
 * POST or GET.  If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
 * thrown because we require this variable.
 *
 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
 * in a script that are based on parameters.  Usually it will be
 * used like this:
 *    $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
 *
 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
 *
 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
 * @return mixed
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function required_param($parname, $type) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->required_param($parname);
}

/**
 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
 * POST or GET.  If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
 * thrown because we require this variable.
 *
 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
 * in a script that are based on parameters.  Usually it will be
 * used like this:
 *    $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
 *
 *  Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
 *
 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
 * @return array
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->required_param_array($parname);
}

/**
 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
 *
 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
 * in a script that are based on parameters.  Usually it will be
 * used like this:
 *    $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
 *
 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
 *
 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
 * @param mixed  $default the default value to return if nothing is found
 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
 * @return mixed
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->optional_param(
        paramname: $parname,
        default: $default,
    );
}

/**
 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
 *
 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
 * in a script that are based on parameters.  Usually it will be
 * used like this:
 *    $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
 *
 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
 *
 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
 * @return array
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->optional_param_array(
        paramname: $parname,
        default: $default,
    );
}

/**
 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
 *
 * @param mixed $param
 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
 */
function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull = NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo = '') {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->validate_param(
        param: $param,
        allownull: $allownull,
        debuginfo: $debuginfo,
    );
}

/**
 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
 *
 * <code>
 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
 * </code>
 *
 * @param array|null $param the variable array we are cleaning
 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
 * @return array
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function clean_param_array(?array $param, $type, $recursive = false) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->clean_param_array(
        param: $param,
        recursive: $recursive,
    );
}

/**
 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
 * an options field.
 * <code>
 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
 * </code>
 *
 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
 * @return mixed
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function clean_param($param, $type) {
    return \core\param::from_type($type)->clean($param);
}

/**
 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
 *
 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
 *
 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
 *
 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
 *
 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
 * @return bool
 */
function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
    return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT || $paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS;
}

/**
 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
 *
 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
 *
 * @param mixed $value
 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
 */
function fix_utf8($value) {
    if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
        return $value;

} else if (is_string($value)) {
        if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
            // Shortcut.
            return $value;
        }

// Remove null bytes or invalid Unicode sequences from value.
        $value = str_replace(["\0", "\xef\xbf\xbe", "\xef\xbf\xbf"], '', $value);

// Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
        static $buggyiconv = null;
        if ($buggyiconv === null) {
            $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
        }

if ($buggyiconv) {
            if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
                $subst = mb_substitute_character();
                mb_substitute_character('none');
                $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
                mb_substitute_character($subst);

} else {
                // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
                $result = $value;
            }

} else {
            $result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
        }

return $result;

} else if (is_array($value)) {
        foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
            $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
        }
        return $value;

} else if (is_object($value)) {
        // Do not modify original.
        $value = clone($value);
        foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
            $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
        }
        return $value;

} else {
        // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
        return $value;
    }
}

/**
 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
 *
 * @param mixed $value String or Int
 * @return bool true if number, false if not
 */
function is_number($value) {
    if (is_int($value)) {
        return true;
    } else if (is_string($value)) {
        return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
    } else {
        return false;
    }
}

/**
 * Returns host part from url.
 *
 * @param string $url full url
 * @return string host, null if not found
 */
function get_host_from_url($url) {
    preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
    if ($matches) {
        return $matches[1];
    }
    return null;
}

/**
 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
 *
 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
 *
 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
 * images, objects, etc.
 */
function html_is_blank($string) {
    return trim(strip_tags((string)$string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
}

/**
 * Set a key in global configuration
 *
 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
 *
 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
 *
 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
 *
 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
 *
 * @param string $name the key to set
 * @param string|int|bool|null $value the value to set (without magic quotes),
 *               null to unset the value
 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
 * @return bool true or exception
 */
function set_config($name, $value, $plugin = null) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

// Redirect to appropriate handler when value is null.
    if ($value === null) {
        return unset_config($name, $plugin);
    }

// Set variables determining conditions and where to store the new config.
    // Plugin config goes to {config_plugins}, core config goes to {config}.
    $iscore = empty($plugin);
    if ($iscore) {
        // If it's for core config.
        $table = 'config';
        $conditions = ['name' => $name];
        $invalidatecachekey = 'core';
    } else {
        // If it's a plugin.
        $table = 'config_plugins';
        $conditions = ['name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin];
        $invalidatecachekey = $plugin;
    }

// DB handling - checks for existing config, updating or inserting only if necessary.
    $invalidatecache = true;
    $inserted = false;
    $record = $DB->get_record($table, $conditions, 'id, value');
    if ($record === false) {
        // Inserts a new config record.
        $config = new stdClass();
        $config->name  = $name;
        $config->value = $value;
        if (!$iscore) {
            $config->plugin = $plugin;
        }
        $inserted = $DB->insert_record($table, $config, false);
    } else if ($invalidatecache = ($record->value !== $value)) {
        // Record exists - Check and only set new value if it has changed.
        $DB->set_field($table, 'value', $value, ['id' => $record->id]);
    }

if ($iscore && !isset($CFG->config_php_settings[$name])) {
        // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
        // Settings from db are always strings.
        $CFG->$name = (string) $value;
    }

// When setting config during a Behat test (in the CLI script, not in the web browser
    // requests), remember which ones are set so that we can clear them later.
    if ($iscore && $inserted && defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
        $CFG->behat_cli_added_config[$name] = true;
    }

// Update siteidentifier cache, if required.
    if ($iscore && $name === 'siteidentifier') {
        cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value);
    }

// Invalidate cache, if required.
    if ($invalidatecache) {
        cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', [], $invalidatecachekey);
    }

return true;
}

/**
 * Get configuration values from the global config table
 * or the config_plugins table.
 *
 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
 *
 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
 * value or false if the value is not found.
 *
 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
 *
 * @param string $plugin full component name
 * @param string $name default null
 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
 * @throws dml_exception
 */
function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) {
        $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings;
        $iscore = true;
        $plugin = 'core';
    } else {
        if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) {
            $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin];
        } else {
            $forced = array();
        }
        $iscore = false;
    }

if (!isset($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
        try {
            // This may throw an exception during installation, which is how we detect the
            // need to install the database. For more details see {@see initialise_cfg()}.
            $CFG->siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
        } catch (dml_exception $ex) {
            // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
            $siteidentifier = false;
            throw $ex;
        }
    }

if (!empty($name)) {
        if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
            return (string)$forced[$name];
        } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
            return $CFG->siteidentifier;
        }
    }

$cache = cache::make('core', 'config');
    $result = $cache->get($plugin);
    if ($result === false) {
        // The user is after a recordset.
        if (!$iscore) {
            $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
        } else {
            // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
            $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
        }
        $cache->set($plugin, $result);
    }

if (!empty($name)) {
        if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
            return $result[$name];
        }
        return false;
    }

if ($plugin === 'core') {
        $result['siteidentifier'] = $CFG->siteidentifier;
    }

foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
        if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
            // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
            unset($result[$key]);
        } else {
            // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
            $result[$key] = (string)$value;
        }
    }

return (object)$result;
}

/**
 * Removes a key from global configuration.
 *
 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
 *
 * @param string $name the key to set
 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
 */
function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

if (empty($plugin)) {
        unset($CFG->$name);
        $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
        cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
    } else {
        $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
        cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
    }

return true;
}

/**
 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
 *
 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
 *
 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
 */
function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
    global $DB;
    // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
    $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
    // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
    $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
    $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
    $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
    // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
    cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));

return true;
}

/**
 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
 *
 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
 *
 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
 * @return array of user objects.
 */
function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
    if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
        return array();
    }

// We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
    // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
    // instead of validating them one-by-one.
    $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability);
    if ($includeadmins) {
        $admins = get_admins();
        foreach ($admins as $admin) {
            $users[$admin->id] = $admin;
        }
    }

if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
        return $users;
    }

$result = array(); // Result in correct order.
    $allowed = explode(',', $value);
    foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
        if (isset($users[$uid])) {
            $user = $users[$uid];
            $result[$user->id] = $user;
        }
    }

return $result;
}

/**
 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
 *
 * @return void
 */
function purge_all_caches() {
    purge_caches();
}

/**
 * Selectively invalidate different types of cache.
 *
 * Purges the cache areas specified.  By default, this will purge all caches but can selectively purge specific
 * areas alone or in combination.
 *
 * @param bool[] $options Specific parts of the cache to purge. Valid options are:
 *        'muc'    Purge MUC caches?
 *        'theme'  Purge theme cache?
 *        'lang'   Purge language string cache?
 *        'js'     Purge javascript cache?
 *        'filter' Purge text filter cache?
 *        'other'  Purge all other caches?
 */
function purge_caches($options = []) {
    $defaults = array_fill_keys(['muc', 'courses', 'theme', 'lang', 'js', 'template', 'filter', 'other'], false);
    if (empty(array_filter($options))) {
        $options = array_fill_keys(array_keys($defaults), true); // Set all options to true.
    } else {
        $options = array_merge($defaults, array_intersect_key($options, $defaults)); // Override defaults with specified options.
    }
    if ($options['muc']) {
        cache_helper::purge_all();
    }
    if ($options['courses']) {
        if ($options['courses'] === true) {
            $courseids = [];
        } else {
            $courseids = preg_split('/\s*,\s*/', $options['courses'], -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
        }
        course_modinfo::purge_course_caches($courseids);
    }
    if ($options['theme']) {
        theme_reset_all_caches();
    }
    if ($options['lang']) {
        get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
    }
    if ($options['js']) {
        js_reset_all_caches();
    }
    if ($options['template']) {
        template_reset_all_caches();
    }
    if ($options['filter']) {
        reset_text_filters_cache();
    }
    if ($options['other']) {
        purge_other_caches();
    }
}

/**
 * Purge all non-MUC caches not otherwise purged in purge_caches.
 *
 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
 */
function purge_other_caches() {
    global $DB, $CFG;
    if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
        core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
    }

// Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
    try {
        increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
    } catch (moodle_exception $e) {
        // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
    }

$DB->reset_caches();

// Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
    clearstatcache();
    remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true);

// Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
    make_cache_directory('');

// This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
    // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
    remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true);
    set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
    make_localcache_directory('', true);
    \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
}

/**
 * Get volatile flags
 *
 * @param string $type
 * @param int $changedsince default null
 * @return array records array
 */
function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
    global $DB;

$params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
    $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
    if ($changedsince !== null) {
        $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
        $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
    }
    $cf = array();
    if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
        foreach ($flags as $flag) {
            $cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value;
        }
    }
    return $cf;
}

/**
 * Get volatile flags
 *
 * @param string $type
 * @param string $name
 * @param int $changedsince default null
 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
 */
function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
    global $DB;

$params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());

$sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
    if ($changedsince !== null) {
        $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
        $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
    }

return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
}

/**
 * Set a volatile flag
 *
 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
 * @param string $name the key to set
 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
 * @return bool Always returns true
 */
function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
    global $DB;

$timemodified = time();
    if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) {
        $expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60;
    } else {
        $expiry = (int)$expiry;
    }

if ($value === null) {
        unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
        return true;
    }

if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) {
        // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
        if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) {
            return true; // No need to update.
        }
        $f->value        = $value;
        $f->expiry       = $expiry;
        $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
        $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
    } else {
        $f = new stdClass();
        $f->flagtype     = $type;
        $f->name         = $name;
        $f->value        = $value;
        $f->expiry       = $expiry;
        $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
        $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
    }
    return true;
}

/**
 * Removes a single volatile flag
 *
 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
 * @param string $name the key to set
 * @return bool
 */
function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
    global $DB;
    $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
    return true;
}

/**
 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
 *
 * @return bool Always returns true
 */
function gc_cache_flags() {
    global $DB;
    $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
    return true;
}

// USER PREFERENCE API.

/**
 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
 *
 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
 *
 * @package  core
 * @category preference
 * @access   public
 * @param    stdClass         $user          User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
 * @param    int              $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
 * @throws   coding_exception
 * @return   null
 */
function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
    global $DB;
    // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
    static $loadedusers = array();

if (!isset($user->id)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
    }

if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
        // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
        if (!isset($user->preference)) {
            $user->preference = array();
        }
        return;
    }

$timenow = time();

if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
        // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
        if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) {
            // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
            return;

} else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
            // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
            $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
            return;
        }
    }

// OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
    $loadedusers[$user->id] = true;
    $user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
    $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
}

/**
 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
 *
 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
 *
 * @package core
 * @access private
 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
 */
function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
    global $CFG;

if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
        // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
        return;
    }

set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout);
}

/**
 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
 *
 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
 *
 * When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()}
 *
 * @package  core
 * @category preference
 * @access   public
 * @param    string            $name  The key to set as preference for the specified user
 * @param    string|int|bool|null $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
 *                                    record, null means delete current value.
 * @param    stdClass|int|null $user  A moodle user object or id, null means current user
 * @throws   coding_exception
 * @return   bool                     Always true or exception
 */
function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
    global $USER, $DB;

if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
    }

if (is_null($value)) {
        // Null means delete current.
        return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
    } else if (is_object($value)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
    } else if (is_array($value)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
    }
    // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
    $value = (string)$value;
    if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
    }

if (is_null($user)) {
        $user = $USER;
    } else if (isset($user->id)) {
        // It is a valid object.
    } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
        $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
    } else {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
    }

check_user_preferences_loaded($user);

if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
        // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
        $user->preference[$name] = $value;
        return true;
    }

if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) {
        if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) {
            // Preference already set to this value.
            return true;
        }
        $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id));

} else {
        $preference = new stdClass();
        $preference->userid = $user->id;
        $preference->name   = $name;
        $preference->value  = $value;
        $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
    }

// Update value in cache.
    $user->preference[$name] = $value;
    // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
    if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
        $USER->preference[$name] = $value;
    }

// Set reload flag for other sessions.
    mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);

return true;
}

/**
 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
 *
 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
 *
 * @package  core
 * @category preference
 * @access   public
 * @param    array             $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
 * @param    stdClass|int|null $user      A moodle user object or id, null means current user
 * @return   bool                         Always true or exception
 */
function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
    foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
        set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
    }
    return true;
}

/**
 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
 *
 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
 *
 * @package  core
 * @category preference
 * @access   public
 * @param    string            $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
 * @param    stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
 * @throws   coding_exception
 * @return   bool                    Always true or exception
 */
function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
    global $USER, $DB;

if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
    }

check_user_preferences_loaded($user);

if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
        // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
        unset($user->preference[$name]);
        return true;
    }

// Delete from DB.
    $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name));

// Delete the preference from cache.
    unset($user->preference[$name]);
    // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
    if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
        unset($USER->preference[$name]);
    }

// Set reload flag for other sessions.
    mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);

return true;
}

/**
 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
 *
 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
 *
 * If a name is specified then this function
 * attempts to return that particular preference value.  If
 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
 * otherwise null.
 *
 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
 *
 * @package  core
 * @category preference
 * @access   public
 * @param    string            $name    Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
 * @param    mixed|null        $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
 * @param    stdClass|int|null $user    A moodle user object or id, null means current user
 * @throws   coding_exception
 * @return   string|mixed|null          A string containing the value of a single preference. An
 *                                      array with all of the preferences or null
 */
function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
    global $USER;

if (is_null($name)) {
        // All prefs.
    } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
    }

if (is_null($user)) {
        $user = $USER;
    } else if (isset($user->id)) {
        // Is a valid object.
    } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
        if ($USER->id == $user) {
            $user = $USER;
        } else {
            $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
        }
    } else {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
    }

check_user_preferences_loaded($user);

if (empty($name)) {
        // All values.
        return $user->preference;
    } else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) {
        // The single string value.
        return $user->preference[$name];
    } else {
        // Default value (null if not specified).
        return $default;
    }
}

// FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.

/**
 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
 *             if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
 *             applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
 * @return int GMT timestamp
 */
function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
    $date = new DateTime('now', core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
    $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
    $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);

$time = $date->getTimestamp();

if ($time === false) {
        throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
            ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
    }

// Moodle BC DST stuff.
    if (!$applydst) {
        $time += dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
    }

return $time;

}

/**
 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
 *
 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
 * formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @uses MINSECS
 * @uses HOURSECS
 * @uses DAYSECS
 * @uses YEARSECS
 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
 */
function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {

$totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);

if (!$str) {
        // Create the str structure the slow way.
        $str = new stdClass();
        $str->day   = get_string('day');
        $str->days  = get_string('days');
        $str->hour  = get_string('hour');
        $str->hours = get_string('hours');
        $str->min   = get_string('min');
        $str->mins  = get_string('mins');
        $str->sec   = get_string('sec');
        $str->secs  = get_string('secs');
        $str->year  = get_string('year');
        $str->years = get_string('years');
    }

$years     = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS);
    $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS);
    $days      = floor($remainder/DAYSECS);
    $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS);
    $hours     = floor($remainder/HOURSECS);
    $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS);
    $mins      = floor($remainder/MINSECS);
    $secs      = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS);

$ss = ($secs == 1)  ? $str->sec  : $str->secs;
    $sm = ($mins == 1)  ? $str->min  : $str->mins;
    $sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours;
    $sd = ($days == 1)  ? $str->day  : $str->days;
    $sy = ($years == 1)  ? $str->year  : $str->years;

$oyears = '';
    $odays = '';
    $ohours = '';
    $omins = '';
    $osecs = '';

if ($years) {
        $oyears  = $years .' '. $sy;
    }
    if ($days) {
        $odays  = $days .' '. $sd;
    }
    if ($hours) {
        $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
    }
    if ($mins) {
        $omins  = $mins .' '. $sm;
    }
    if ($secs) {
        $osecs  = $secs .' '. $ss;
    }

if ($years) {
        return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
    }
    if ($days) {
        return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
    }
    if ($hours) {
        return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
    }
    if ($mins) {
        return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
    }
    if ($secs) {
        return $osecs;
    }
    return get_string('now');
}

/**
 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
 *        get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
 *        not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
 *        {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
 *        If false then the leading zero is maintained.
 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
 * @return string the formatted date/time.
 */
function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
    $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
    return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
}

/**
 * Returns a html "time" tag with both the exact user date with timezone information
 * as a datetime attribute in the W3C format, and the user readable date and time as text.
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
 *        get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
 *        not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
 *        {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
 *        If false then the leading zero is maintained.
 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
 * @return string the formatted date/time.
 */
function userdate_htmltime($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
    $userdatestr = userdate($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
    if (CLI_SCRIPT && !PHPUNIT_TEST) {
        return $userdatestr;
    }
    $machinedate = new DateTime();
    $machinedate->setTimestamp(intval($date));
    $machinedate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object());

return html_writer::tag('time', $userdatestr, ['datetime' => $machinedate->format(DateTime::W3C)]);
}

/**
 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
 *
 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
 *
 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
 * @param string $format strftime format.
 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
 * @return string the formatted date/time.
 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
 */
function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {

date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($tz));

if (date('A', 0) === date('A', HOURSECS * 18)) {
        $datearray = getdate($date);
        $format = str_replace([
            '%P',
            '%p',
        ], [
            $datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('am', 'langconfig') : get_string('pm', 'langconfig'),
            $datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('amcaps', 'langconfig') : get_string('pmcaps', 'langconfig'),
        ], $format);
    }

$datestring = core_date::strftime($format, $date);
    core_date::set_default_server_timezone();

return $datestring;
}

/**
 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
 */
function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
    if ($time === null) {
        // PHP8 and PHP7 return different results when getdate(null) is called.
        // Display warning and cast to 0 to make sure the usergetdate() behaves consistently on all versions of PHP.
        // In the future versions of Moodle we may consider adding a strict typehint.
        debugging('usergetdate() expects parameter $time to be int, null given', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        $time = 0;
    }

date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone));
    $result = getdate($time);
    core_date::set_default_server_timezone();

return $result;
}

/**
 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
 * the timezone.  eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
 *
 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
 *       you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
 * @return int
 */
function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
    $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
    $userdate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
    $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);

return $date - $userdate->getOffset() + $dst;
}

/**
 * Get a formatted string representation of an interval between two unix timestamps.
 *
 * E.g.
 * $intervalstring = get_time_interval_string(12345600, 12345660);
 * Will produce the string:
 * '0d 0h 1m'
 *
 * @param int $time1 unix timestamp
 * @param int $time2 unix timestamp
 * @param string $format string (can be lang string) containing format chars: https://www.php.net/manual/en/dateinterval.format.php.
 * @param bool $dropzeroes If format is not provided and this is set to true, do not include zero time units.
 *                         e.g. a duration of 3 days and 2 hours will be displayed as '3d 2h' instead of '3d 2h 0s'
 * @param bool $fullformat If format is not provided and this is set to true, display time units in full format.
 *                         e.g. instead of showing "3d", "3 days" will be returned.
 * @return string the formatted string describing the time difference, e.g. '10d 11h 45m'.
 */
function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = '',
        bool $dropzeroes = false, bool $fullformat = false): string {
    $dtdate = new DateTime();
    $dtdate->setTimeStamp($time1);
    $dtdate2 = new DateTime();
    $dtdate2->setTimeStamp($time2);
    $interval = $dtdate2->diff($dtdate);

if (empty(trim($format))) {
        // Default to this key.
        $formatkey = 'dateintervaldayhrmin';

if ($dropzeroes) {
            $units = [
                'y' => 'yr',
                'm' => 'mo',
                'd' => 'day',
                'h' => 'hr',
                'i' => 'min',
                's' => 'sec',
            ];
            $formatunits = [];
            foreach ($units as $key => $unit) {
                if (empty($interval->$key)) {
                    continue;
                }
                $formatunits[] = $unit;
            }
            if (!empty($formatunits)) {
                $formatkey = 'dateinterval' . implode("", $formatunits);
            }
        }

if ($fullformat) {
            $formatkey .= 'full';
        }
        $format = get_string($formatkey, 'langconfig');
    }
    return $interval->format($format);
}

/**
 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
 * for the current user.
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
 */
function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {

$userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);

// Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
    return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);

}

/**
 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
 * @return string
 */
function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
    $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone);
    return core_date::get_localised_timezone($tz);
}

/**
 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
 *        calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
 *        {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
 * @return float|string
 */
function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
    global $USER, $CFG;

$timezones = array(
        $tz,
        isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99,
        isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99,
        isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99,
        );

$tz = 99;

// Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
    foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) {
        if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) {
            $tz = $nextvalue;
        }
    }
    return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz;
}

/**
 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
 * @return int
 */
function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
    $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
    $date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
    $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
    if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
        if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
            return 1800;
        }
        return 3600;
    }
    return 0;
}

/**
 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
 * @return int
 */
function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
    $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();

$daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
    $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());

if ($weekday == -1) {
        // Don't care about weekday, so return:
        //    abs($startday) if $startday != -1
        //    $daysinmonth otherwise.
        return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday);
    }

// From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
    // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
    if ($startday == -1) {
        $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
    }

// Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
    if ($startday < 1) {
        $startday = abs($startday);
        $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);

// This is the last such weekday of the month.
        $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
        if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
            $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
        }

// Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
        while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
            $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
        }

return $lastinmonth;
    } else {
        $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);

$diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
        if ($diff < 0) {
            $diff += $daysinweek;
        }

// This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
        $firstfromindex = $startday + $diff;

return $firstfromindex;
    }
}

/**
 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
 * @return int
 */
function days_in_month($month, $year) {
    $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
    return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
}

/**
 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
 *
 * @package core
 * @category time
 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
 * @return int
 */
function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
    $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
    return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
}

// USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.

/**
 * Returns full login url.
 *
 * Any form submissions for authentication to this URL must include username,
 * password as well as a logintoken generated by \core\session\manager::get_login_token().
 *
 * @return string login url
 */
function get_login_url() {
    global $CFG;

return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
}

/**
 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
 * required privileges
 *
 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
 * course module.
 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
 *
 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
 *
 * @package    core_access
 * @category   access
 *
 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
 * @param object $cm course module object
 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
 *             true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
 *             in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
 * @throws coding_exception
 * @throws require_login_exception
 * @throws moodle_exception
 */
function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
    global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;

// Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
    if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
        $preventredirect = true;
    }

if (AJAX_SCRIPT) {
        // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
        $preventredirect = true;
    }

// Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
    if (!empty($courseorid)) {
        if (is_object($courseorid)) {
            $course = $courseorid;
        } else if ($courseorid == SITEID) {
            $course = clone($SITE);
        } else {
            $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
        }
        if ($cm) {
            if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
                throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
            }
            // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
            if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
                // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
                // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
                // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
                $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
                $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
            }
        }
    } else {
        // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
        // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
        $course = $SITE;
        if ($cm) {
            throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
        }
    }

// If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
    // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
    // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
    if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) {
        $setwantsurltome = false;
    }

// Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
    if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) {
        if ($preventredirect) {
            throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
        } else {
            if ($setwantsurltome) {
                $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
            }
            redirect(get_login_url());
        }
    }

// If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
    if (!isloggedin()) {
        if ($autologinguest && !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) {
            if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) {
                // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
                redirect(get_login_url());
                exit; // Never reached.
            }
            $lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
            complete_user_login($guest);
            $USER->autologinguest = true;
            $SESSION->lang = $lang;
        } else {
            // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
            if ($preventredirect) {
                throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
            }

if ($setwantsurltome) {
                $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
            }

// Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
            $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); // Auths, in sequence.
            foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
                $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
                $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
                if (isloggedin()) {
                    if ($cm) {
                        $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
                        $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
                    }
                    set_access_log_user();
                    break;
                }
            }

// If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
            if (!isloggedin()) {
                redirect(get_login_url());
                exit; // Never reached.
            }
        }
    }

// Loginas as redirection if needed.
    if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
        if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) {
            if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) {
                throw new \moodle_exception('loginasonecourse', '',
                    $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid);
            }
        }
    }

// Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
    if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
        $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
        if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
            if ($setwantsurltome) {
                $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
            }
            if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
                // Use plugin custom url.
                redirect($changeurl);
            } else {
                // Use moodle internal method.
                redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
            }
        } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
            throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
        } else {
            throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
        }
    }

// Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
    // edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check.
    // It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page.

if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER) {
        $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
    } else {
        $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
    }

if ($usernotfullysetup) {
        if ($preventredirect) {
            throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
        }
        if ($setwantsurltome) {
            $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
        }
        redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&amp;course='. SITEID);
    }

// Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
    sesskey();

if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
        // During a "logged in as" session we should force all content to be cleaned because the
        // logged in user will be viewing potentially malicious user generated content.
        // See MDL-63786 for more details.
        $CFG->forceclean = true;
    }

$afterlogins = get_plugins_with_function('after_require_login', 'lib.php');

// Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
    if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress)) {
        // Set the global $COURSE.
        if ($cm) {
            $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
            $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
        } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
            $PAGE->set_course($course);
        }
        // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
        // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
        if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
            user_accesstime_log($course->id);
        }

foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
            foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
                $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
            }
        }
        return;
    }

// Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked.
    // This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop.
    if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) {
        define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false);
    }

// Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
    // Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check.
    // Or if the user auth type is webservice.
    if (!$USER->policyagreed && !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK && $USER->auth !== 'webservice') {
        $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\manager();
        if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) {
            if ($preventredirect) {
                throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out());
            }
            if ($setwantsurltome) {
                $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
            }
            redirect($policyurl);
        }
    }

// Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
    $sysctx = context_system::instance();
    $coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST);
    if ($cm) {
        $cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST);
    } else {
        $cmcontext = null;
    }

// If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
    if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
        if ($preventredirect) {
            throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
        }
        $PAGE->set_context(null);
        print_maintenance_message();
    }

// Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
    if ($course->id == SITEID) {
        // Frontpage can not be hidden.
    } else {
        if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
            // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
        } else {
            if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
                // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
                // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
                if ($preventredirect) {
                    throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
                }
                $PAGE->set_context(null);
                // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
                // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
                navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
                notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
            }
        }
    }

// Is the user enrolled?
    if ($course->id == SITEID) {
        // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
    } else {
        if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
            // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
            $realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser();
            if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and
                !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) {
                if ($preventredirect) {
                    throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
                }
                $PAGE->set_context(null);
                echo $OUTPUT->header();
                notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
            }
        }

$access = false;

if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
            // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
            $access = true;

} else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
            // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
            $access = true;

} else {
            if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) {
                if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) {
                    $access = true;
                    if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
                        unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
                        remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
                    }
                } else {
                    // Expired.
                    unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]);
                }
            }
            if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
                if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) {
                    $access = true;
                } else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) {
                    $access = true;
                } else {
                    // Expired.
                    unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
                    remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
                }
            }

if (!$access) {
                // Cache not ok.
                $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id);
                if ($until !== false) {
                    // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
                    if ($until == 0) {
                        $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
                    }
                    $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
                    $access = true;

} else if (core_course_category::can_view_course_info($course)) {
                    $params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED);
                    $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
                    $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
                    // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
                    foreach ($instances as $instance) {
                        if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
                            continue;
                        }
                        // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
                        $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance);
                        if ($until !== false) {
                            if ($until == 0) {
                                $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
                            }
                            $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
                            $access = true;
                            break;
                        }
                    }
                    // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
                    if (!$access) {
                        foreach ($instances as $instance) {
                            if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
                                continue;
                            }
                            // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
                            $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance);
                            if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
                                $USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until;
                                $access = true;
                                break;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                } else {
                    // User is not enrolled and is not allowed to browse courses here.
                    if ($preventredirect) {
                        throw new require_login_exception('Course is not available');
                    }
                    $PAGE->set_context(null);
                    // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
                    // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
                    navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
                    notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
                }
            }
        }

if (!$access) {
            if ($preventredirect) {
                throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
            }
            if ($setwantsurltome) {
                $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
            }
            redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id);
        }
    }

// Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
    if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress) {
        if ($preventredirect) {
            throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
        }
        require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/course/lib.php');
        redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
    }

// Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
    if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) {
        if ($preventredirect) {
            throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
        }
        // Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user).
        $PAGE->set_course($course);
        $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course');
        $message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm);
        redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification::NOTIFY_ERROR);
    }

// Set the global $COURSE.
    if ($cm) {
        $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
        $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
    } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
        $PAGE->set_course($course);
    }

foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
        foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
            $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
        }
    }

// Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
    // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
    if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
        user_accesstime_log($course->id);
    }
}

/**
 * A convenience function for where we must be logged in as admin
 * @return void
 */
function require_admin() {
    require_login(null, false);
    require_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system::instance());
}

/**
 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
 *
 * @package    core_access
 * @category   access
 */
function require_logout() {
    global $USER, $DB;

if (!isloggedin()) {
        // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
        \core\session\manager::terminate_current();
        return;
    }

// Execute hooks before action.
    $authplugins = array();
    $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
    foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
        $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
        $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
    }

// Store info that gets removed during logout.
    $sid = session_id();
    $event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create(
        array(
            'userid' => $USER->id,
            'objectid' => $USER->id,
            'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
        )
    );
    if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
        $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
    }

// Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
    $user = fullclone($USER);

// Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
    \core\session\manager::terminate_current();

// Trigger event AFTER action.
    $event->trigger();

// Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
    foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
        $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
    }
}

/**
 * Weaker version of require_login()
 *
 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
 * @see require_login()
 *
 * @package    core_access
 * @category   access
 *
 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
 *             true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
 *             in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
 * @return void
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
    global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
    $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID)
          or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID));
    if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
        // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
        // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
        // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
        if (is_object($courseorid)) {
            $course = $courseorid;
        } else {
            $course = clone($SITE);
        }
        $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
        $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
    }
    if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) {
        // Login required for both SITE and courses.
        require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);

} else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) {
        // Always login for hidden activities.
        require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);

} else if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser()) {
        // User is already logged in. Make sure the login is complete (user is fully setup, policies agreed).
        require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);

} else if ($issite) {
        // Login for SITE not required.
        // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
        if (!empty($courseorid)) {
            if (is_object($courseorid)) {
                $course = $courseorid;
            } else {
                $course = clone $SITE;
            }
            if ($cm) {
                if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
                    throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
                }
                $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
                $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
            } else {
                $PAGE->set_course($course);
            }
        } else {
            // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
            $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course);
        }
        // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
        if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
            user_accesstime_log(SITEID);
        }
        return;

} else {
        // Course login always required.
        require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
    }
}

/**
 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
 *
 * @param  string $keyvalue the key value
 * @param  string $script   unique script identifier
 * @param  int $instance    instance id
 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
 * @since Moodle 3.2
 * @throws moodle_exception
 */
function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
    global $DB;

if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidkey');
    }

if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) {
        throw new \moodle_exception('expiredkey');
    }

if ($key->iprestriction) {
        $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
        if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) {
            throw new \moodle_exception('ipmismatch');
        }
    }
    return $key;
}

/**
 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
 *
 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
 * @param string $script unique script identifier
 * @param int $instance optional instance id
 * @param string $keyvalue The key. If not supplied, this will be fetched from the current session.
 * @return int Instance ID
 */
function require_user_key_login($script, $instance = null, $keyvalue = null) {
    global $DB;

if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) {
        throw new \moodle_exception('sessioncookiesdisable');
    }

// Extra safety.
    \core\session\manager::write_close();

if (null === $keyvalue) {
        $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM);
    }

$key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);

if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) {
        throw new \moodle_exception('invaliduserid');
    }

core_user::require_active_user($user, true, true);

// Emulate normal session.
    enrol_check_plugins($user, false);
    \core\session\manager::set_user($user);

// Note we are not using normal login.
    if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
        define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
    }

// Return instance id - it might be empty.
    return $key->instance;
}

/**
 * Creates a new private user access key.
 *
 * @param string $script unique target identifier
 * @param int $userid
 * @param int $instance optional instance id
 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
 * @return string access key value
 */
function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
    global $DB;

$key = new stdClass();
    $key->script        = $script;
    $key->userid        = $userid;
    $key->instance      = $instance;
    $key->iprestriction = $iprestriction;
    $key->validuntil    = $validuntil;
    $key->timecreated   = time();

// Something long and unique.
    $key->value         = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
    while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) {
        // Must be unique.
        $key->value     = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
    }
    $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
    return $key->value;
}

/**
 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
 *
 * @param string $script unique target identifier
 * @param int $userid
 * @return void
 */
function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
    global $DB;
    $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
}

/**
 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
 *
 * @param string $script unique target identifier
 * @param int $userid
 * @param int $instance optional instance id
 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
 * @return string access key value
 */
function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
    global $DB;

if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
                                                         'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
                                                         'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
        return $key->value;
    } else {
        return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
    }
}

/**
 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
 *
 * @return bool Always returns true
 */
function update_user_login_times() {
    global $USER, $DB, $SESSION;

if (isguestuser()) {
        // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
        return true;
    }

if (defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN') && USER_KEY_LOGIN === true) {
        // Do not update user login time when using user key login.
        return true;
    }

$now = time();

$user = new stdClass();
    $user->id = $USER->id;

// Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
    if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) {
        $USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now;
    }

// Store the previous current as lastlogin.
    $USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin;

$USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now;

// Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
    $USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now;
    $SESSION->userpreviousip = $USER->lastip;
    $USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr();

// Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
    //       the login event means that these fields were updated.
    $DB->update_record('user', $user);
    return true;
}

/**
 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
 *
 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
 * strict check.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
 * @return bool
 */
function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
    global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');

// If the user is setup then store this in the session to avoid re-checking.
    // Some edge cases are when the users email starts to bounce or the
    // configuration for custom fields has changed while they are logged in so
    // we re-check this fully every hour for the rare cases it has changed.
    if (isset($USER->id) && isset($user->id) && $USER->id === $user->id &&
         isset($SESSION->fullysetupstrict) && (time() - $SESSION->fullysetupstrict) < HOURSECS) {
        return false;
    }

if (isguestuser($user)) {
        return false;
    }

if (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
        return true;
    }

if ($strict) {
        if (empty($user->id)) {
            // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
            return true;
        }
        if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id)) {
            return true;
        }
        if (isset($USER->id) && isset($user->id) && $USER->id === $user->id) {
            $SESSION->fullysetupstrict = time();
        }
    }

return false;
}

/**
 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
 */
function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
        return false;
    }

if (empty($user->id)) {
        // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
        return false;
    }

// Set sensible defaults.
    if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) {
        $CFG->minbounces = 10;
    }
    if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) {
        $CFG->bounceratio = .20;
    }
    $bouncecount = 0;
    $sendcount = 0;
    if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
        $bouncecount = $bounce->value;
    }
    if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
        $sendcount = $send->value;
    }
    return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio);
}

/**
 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
 *
 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
 * @return void
 */
function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
    global $DB;

if (empty($user->id)) {
        // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
        return;
    }

if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
        $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
        $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
    } else if (!empty($reset)) {
        // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
        $pref = new stdClass();
        $pref->name   = 'email_send_count';
        $pref->value  = 1;
        $pref->userid = $user->id;
        $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
    }
}

/**
 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
 *
 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
 */
function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
    global $DB;

if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
        $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
        $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
    } else if (!empty($reset)) {
        // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
        $pref = new stdClass();
        $pref->name   = 'email_bounce_count';
        $pref->value  = 1;
        $pref->userid = $user->id;
        $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
    }
}

/**
 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
 *
 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
 * @return bool
 */
function ismoving($courseid) {
    global $USER;

if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) {
        return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid);
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * Returns a persons full name
 *
 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force the alternativefullnameformat to be used. In
 * English, fullname as well as alternativefullnameformat is set to 'firstname lastname' by default. But you could have
 * fullname set to 'firstname lastname' and alternativefullnameformat set to 'firstname middlename alternatename lastname'.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
 * @param bool $override If true then the alternativefullnameformat format rather than fullnamedisplay format will be used.
 * @return string
 */
function fullname($user, $override=false) {
    // Note: We do not intend to deprecate this function any time soon as it is too widely used at this time.
    // Uses of it should be updated to use the new API and pass updated arguments.

// Return an empty string if there is no user.
    if (empty($user)) {
        return '';
    }

$options = ['override' => $override];
    return core_user::get_fullname($user, null, $options);
}

/**
 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
 *
 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
 *
 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
 * @return object User name fields.
 */
function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
    $fields = [];
    foreach (\core_user\fields::get_name_fields() as $field) {
        $fields[$field] = $prefix . $field;
    }
    if ($additionalfields) {
        // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
        // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
        foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
            if (is_numeric($key)) {
                $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
                unset($additionalfields[$key]);
            } else {
                $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
            }
        }
        $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
    }
    foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
        // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
        $addtoobject->$key = '';
        if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
            $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
        }
    }
    return $addtoobject;
}

/**
 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
 *
 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
 */
function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
    $valuearray = array();
    foreach ($values as $value) {
        $pattern = "/$value\b/";
        // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
        if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
            $replacement = "thing";
            // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
            $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
            $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
            $valuearray[$position] = $value;
        }
    }
    ksort($valuearray);
    return $valuearray;
}

/**
 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
 *
 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
 */
function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
    global $CFG;

if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
        return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
 *
 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
 */
function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
    if (empty($auth)) {
        return false;
    }

$enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();

return in_array($auth, $enabled);
}

/**
 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
 *
 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
 */
function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
    global $CFG;

// Check the plugin exists first.
    if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
        throw new \moodle_exception('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
    }

// Return auth plugin instance.
    require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
    $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
    return new $class;
}

/**
 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
 *
 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed. Only set if logged in as admin.
 * @return array
 */
function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
    global $CFG;

$default = array('manual', 'nologin');

if (empty($CFG->auth)) {
        $auths = array();
    } else {
        $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth);
    }

$auths = array_unique($auths);
    $oldauthconfig = implode(',', $auths);
    foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
        if (in_array($authname, $default)) {
            // The manual and nologin plugin never need to be stored.
            unset($auths[$k]);
        } else if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname)) {
            debugging(get_string('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', $authname));
            unset($auths[$k]);
        }
    }

// Ideally only explicit interaction from a human admin should trigger a
    // change in auth config, see MDL-70424 for details.
    if ($fix) {
        $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
        if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) {
            add_to_config_log('auth', $oldauthconfig, $newconfig, 'core');
            set_config('auth', $newconfig);
        }
    }

return (array_merge($default, $auths));
}

/**
 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
 *
 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
 * @return bool
 */
function is_internal_auth($auth) {
    // Throws error if bad $auth.
    $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
    return $authplugin->is_internal();
}

/**
 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
 *
 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
 *
 * @param string $username username to be checked
 * @return bool
 */
function is_restored_user($username) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored'));
}

/**
 * Returns an array of user fields
 *
 * @return array User field/column names
 */
function get_user_fieldnames() {
    global $DB;

$fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
    unset($fieldarray['id']);
    $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);

return $fieldarray;
}

/**
 * Returns the string of the language for the new user.
 *
 * @return string language for the new user
 */
function get_newuser_language() {
    global $CFG, $SESSION;
    return (!empty($CFG->autolangusercreation) && !empty($SESSION->lang)) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
}

/**
 * Creates a bare-bones user record
 *
 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
 *
 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
 * @return stdClass A complete user object
 */
function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
    global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');

// Just in case check text case.
    $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));

$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
    $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
    $newuser = new stdClass();
    if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
        $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
        foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
            if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) {
                $newuser->$key = $value;
            }
        }
    }

if (!empty($newuser->email)) {
        if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) {
            unset($newuser->email);
        }
    }

$newuser->auth = $auth;
    $newuser->username = $username;

// Fix for MDL-8480
    // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
    // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
    if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) {
        $newuser->lang = get_newuser_language();
    }
    $newuser->confirmed = 1;
    $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
    $newuser->timecreated = time();
    $newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated;
    $newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;

$newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false);

// Save user profile data.
    profile_save_data($newuser);

$user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id);
    if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
        set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
    }
    // Set the password.
    update_internal_user_password($user, $password);

// Trigger event.
    \core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger();

return $user;
}

/**
 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
 *
 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
 * @return stdClass A complete user object
 */
function update_user_record($username) {
    global $DB, $CFG;
    // Just in case check text case.
    $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));

$oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
    return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id);
}

/**
 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
 *
 * @param int $id user id
 * @return stdClass A complete user object
 */
function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
    global $DB, $CFG;
    require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php");
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');

$params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
    $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);

$newuser = array();
    $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth);

if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) {
        $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
        $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();

foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
            $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
            if (!$iscustom) {
                $key = strtolower($key);
            }
            if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
                    or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
                // Unknown or must not be changed.
                continue;
            }
            if (empty($userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) || empty($userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key})) {
                continue;
            }
            $confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
            $lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key};
            if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
                // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
                // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
                // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
                // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
                // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
                // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
                if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
                    if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) &&
                            ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
                        $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        if ($newuser) {
            $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id;
            $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
            user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);

// Save user profile data.
            profile_save_data((object) $newuser);

// Trigger event.
            \core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
        }
    }

return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id);
}

/**
 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
 *
 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
 */
function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
    // Define the limits.
    $limit = array(
        'username'    => 100,
        'idnumber'    => 255,
        'firstname'   => 100,
        'lastname'    => 100,
        'email'       => 100,
        'phone1'      =>  20,
        'phone2'      =>  20,
        'institution' => 255,
        'department'  => 255,
        'address'     => 255,
        'city'        => 120,
        'country'     =>   2,
    );

// Apply where needed.
    foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
        if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
            $info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
        }
    }

return $info;
}

/**
 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
 *
 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
 * @return boolean success
 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
 */
function delete_user(stdClass $user) {
    global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php');
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');

// Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
    if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
    }

// Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
    if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) {
        debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
        return false;
    }

// There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
    // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
    if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
        debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
        return false;
    }

// Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
    // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
    if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
        debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
        return false;
    }
    // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
    if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
        foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
            foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
                $pluginfunction($user);
            }
        }
    }

// Dispatch the hook for pre user update actions.
    $hook = new \core_user\hook\before_user_deleted(
        user: $user,
    );
    di::get(hook\manager::class)->dispatch($hook);

// Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
    $olduser = clone $user;

// Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
    $usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id);

// Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
    grade_user_delete($user->id);

// TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.

// Remove user tags.
    core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id);

// Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
    enrol_user_delete($user);

// Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
    // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
    role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id));

// Notify the competency subsystem.
    \core_competency\api::hook_user_deleted($user->id);

// Now do a brute force cleanup.

// Delete all user events and subscription events.
    $DB->delete_records_select('event', 'userid = :userid AND subscriptionid IS NOT NULL', ['userid' => $user->id]);

// Now, delete all calendar subscription from the user.
    $DB->delete_records('event_subscriptions', ['userid' => $user->id]);

// Remove from all cohorts.
    $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Remove from all groups.
    $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Brute force unenrol from all courses.
    $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Purge user preferences.
    $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Purge user extra profile info.
    $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Purge log of previous password hashes.
    $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Last course access not necessary either.
    $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id));
    // Remove all user tokens.
    $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Unauthorise the user for all services.
    $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Remove users private keys.
    $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Remove users customised pages.
    $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1));

// Remove user's oauth2 refresh tokens, if present.
    $DB->delete_records('oauth2_refresh_token', array('userid' => $user->id));

// Delete user from $SESSION->bulk_users.
    if (isset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id])) {
        unset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id]);
    }

// Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
    \core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id);

// Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
    $delemail = !empty($user->email) ? $user->email : $user->username . '.' . $user->id . '@unknownemail.invalid';

$deltime = time();

// Max username length is 100 chars. Select up to limit - (length of current time + 1 [period character]) from users email.
    $delnameprefix = clean_param($delemail, PARAM_USERNAME);
    $delnamesuffix = $deltime;
    $delnamesuffixlength = 10;
    do {
        // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
        $delname = sprintf(
            "%s.%10d",
            core_text::substr(
                $delnameprefix,
                0,
                // 100 Character maximum, with a '.' character, and a 10-digit timestamp.
                100 - 1 - $delnamesuffixlength,
            ),
            $delnamesuffix,
        );
        $delnamesuffix++;

// No need to use mnethostid here.
    } while ($DB->record_exists('user', ['username' => $delname]));

// Mark internal user record as "deleted".
    $updateuser = new stdClass();
    $updateuser->id           = $user->id;
    $updateuser->deleted      = 1;
    $updateuser->username     = $delname;            // Remember it just in case.
    $updateuser->email        = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
    $updateuser->idnumber     = '';                  // Clear this field to free it up.
    $updateuser->picture      = 0;
    $updateuser->timemodified = $deltime;

// Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
    user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);

// Delete all content associated with the user context, but not the context itself.
    $usercontext->delete_content();

// Delete any search data.
    \core_search\manager::context_deleted($usercontext);

// Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
    // Trigger event.
    $event = \core\event\user_deleted::create(
            array(
                'objectid' => $user->id,
                'relateduserid' => $user->id,
                'context' => $usercontext,
                'other' => array(
                    'username' => $user->username,
                    'email' => $user->email,
                    'idnumber' => $user->idnumber,
                    'picture' => $user->picture,
                    'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
                    )
                )
            );
    $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
    $event->trigger();

// We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
    // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
    $user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified;

// Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
    $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
    $authplugin->user_delete($user);

return true;
}

/**
 * Retrieve the guest user object.
 *
 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
 */
function guest_user() {
    global $CFG, $DB;

if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) {
        $newuser->confirmed = 1;
        $newuser->lang = get_newuser_language();
        $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
    }

return $newuser;
}

/**
 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
 *
 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
 *
 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
 *
 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
 * the session up.
 *
 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
 *
 * @param string $username  User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
 * @param string $password  User's password
 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
 * @param string|bool $logintoken If this is set to a string it is validated against the login token for the session.
 * @param string|bool $loginrecaptcha If this is set to a string it is validated against Google reCaptcha.
 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
 */
function authenticate_user_login(
    $username,
    $password,
    $ignorelockout = false,
    &$failurereason = null,
    $logintoken = false,
    string|bool $loginrecaptcha = false,
) {
    global $CFG, $DB, $PAGE, $SESSION;
    require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");

if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
        // we have found the user

} else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) {
        if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) {
            $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
            $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email);
            $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
            if (count($users) === 1) {
                // Use email for login only if unique.
                $user = reset($users);
                $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id);
                $username = $user->username;
            }
            unset($users);
        }
    }

// Make sure this request came from the login form.
    if (!\core\session\manager::validate_login_token($logintoken)) {
        $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;

// Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available).
        \core\event\user_login_failed::create([
            'userid' => ($user->id ?? 0),
            'other' => [
                'username' => $username,
                'reason' => $failurereason,
            ],
        ])->trigger();

error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Invalid Login Token:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
        return false;
    }

// Login reCaptcha.
    if (login_captcha_enabled() && !validate_login_captcha($loginrecaptcha)) {
        $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED_RECAPTCHA;
        // Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available).
        \core\event\user_login_failed::create([
            'userid' => ($user->id ?? 0),
            'other' => [
                'username' => $username,
                'reason' => $failurereason,
            ],
        ])->trigger();
        return false;
    }

$authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();

if ($user) {
        // Use manual if auth not set.
        $auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth;

if (in_array($user->auth, $authsenabled)) {
            $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
            $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
        }

if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;

// Trigger login failed event.
            $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
                    'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
            $event->trigger();
            error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Suspended Login:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
            return false;
        }
        if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
            // Legacy way to suspend user.
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;

// Trigger login failed event.
            $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
                    'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
            $event->trigger();
            error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Disabled Login:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
            return false;
        }
        $auths = array($auth);

} else {
        // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
        if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id,  'deleted' => 1))) {
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;

// Trigger login failed event.
            $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
                    'reason' => $failurereason)));
            $event->trigger();
            error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Deleted Login:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
            return false;
        }

// User does not exist.
        $auths = $authsenabled;
        $user = new stdClass();
        $user->id = 0;
    }

if ($ignorelockout) {
        // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
        // or this function is called from a SSO script.
    } else if ($user->id) {
        // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
        if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT;

error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Login lockout:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
            $SESSION->loginerrormsg = get_string('accountlocked', 'admin');

return false;
        }
    } else {
        // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
    }

foreach ($auths as $auth) {
        $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);

// On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
        if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
            continue;
        }

// Before performing login actions, check if user still passes password policy, if admin setting is enabled.
        if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicycheckonlogin)) {
            $errmsg = '';
            $passed = check_password_policy($password, $errmsg, $user);
            if (!$passed) {
                // First trigger event for failure.
                $failedevent = \core\event\user_password_policy_failed::create_from_user($user);
                $failedevent->trigger();

// If able to change password, set flag and move on.
                if ($authplugin->can_change_password()) {
                    // Check if we are on internal change password page, or service is external, don't show notification.
                    $internalchangeurl = new moodle_url('/login/change_password.php');
                    if (!($PAGE->has_set_url() && $internalchangeurl->compare($PAGE->url)) && $authplugin->is_internal()) {
                        \core\notification::error(get_string('passwordpolicynomatch', '', $errmsg));
                    }
                    set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
                } else if ($authplugin->can_reset_password()) {
                    // Else force a reset if possible.
                    \core\notification::error(get_string('forcepasswordresetnotice', '', $errmsg));
                    redirect(new moodle_url('/login/forgot_password.php'));
                } else {
                    $notifymsg = get_string('forcepasswordresetfailurenotice', '', $errmsg);
                    // If support page is set, add link for help.
                    if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) {
                        $link = \html_writer::link($CFG->supportpage, $CFG->supportpage);
                        $link = \html_writer::tag('p', $link);
                        $notifymsg .= $link;
                    }

// If no change or reset is possible, add a notification for user.
                    \core\notification::error($notifymsg);
                }
            }
        }

// Successful authentication.
        if ($user->id) {
            // User already exists in database.
            if (empty($user->auth)) {
                // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
                $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id));
                $user->auth = $auth;
            }

// If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
            // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
            update_internal_user_password($user, $password);

if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
                // Update user record from external DB.
                $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id);
            }
        } else {
            // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
            if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) {
                $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED;

error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Unknown user, can not create new accounts:  $username  ".
                        $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
                return false;
            } else {
                $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
            }
        }

$authplugin->sync_roles($user);

foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
            $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
            $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
        }

if (empty($user->id)) {
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
            // Trigger login failed event.
            $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
                    'reason' => $failurereason)));
            $event->trigger();
            return false;
        }

if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
            // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
            $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
            // Trigger login failed event.
            $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
                    'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
            $event->trigger();
            error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Suspended Login:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
            return false;
        }

login_attempt_valid($user);
        $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK;
        return $user;
    }

// Failed if all the plugins have failed.
    if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) {
        error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."]  $CFG->wwwroot  Failed Login:  $username  ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
    }

if ($user->id) {
        login_attempt_failed($user);
        $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;
        // Trigger login failed event.
        $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
                'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
        $event->trigger();
    } else {
        $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
        // Trigger login failed event.
        $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
                'reason' => $failurereason)));
        $event->trigger();
    }

return false;
}

/**
 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
 * and pieces.
 *
 * NOTE:
 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
 *
 * @param stdClass $user
 * @param array $extrauserinfo
 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
 */
function complete_user_login($user, array $extrauserinfo = []) {
    global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION;

\core\session\manager::login_user($user);

// Reload preferences from DB.
    unset($USER->preference);
    check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);

// Update login times.
    update_user_login_times();

// Extra session prefs init.
    set_login_session_preferences();

// Trigger login event.
    $event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create(
        array(
            'userid' => $USER->id,
            'objectid' => $USER->id,
            'other' => [
                'username' => $USER->username,
                'extrauserinfo' => $extrauserinfo
            ]
        )
    );
    $event->trigger();

// Allow plugins to callback as soon possible after user has completed login.
    di::get(\core\hook\manager::class)->dispatch(new \core_user\hook\after_login_completed());

// Check if the user is using a new browser or session (a new MoodleSession cookie is set in that case).
    // If the user is accessing from the same IP, ignore everything (most of the time will be a new session in the same browser).
    // Skip Web Service requests, CLI scripts, AJAX scripts, and request from the mobile app itself.
    $loginip = getremoteaddr();
    $isnewip = isset($SESSION->userpreviousip) && $SESSION->userpreviousip != $loginip;
    $isvalidenv = (!WS_SERVER && !CLI_SCRIPT && !NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) || PHPUNIT_TEST;

if (!empty($SESSION->isnewsessioncookie) && $isnewip && $isvalidenv && !\core_useragent::is_moodle_app()) {

$logintime = time();
        $ismoodleapp = false;
        $useragent = \core_useragent::get_user_agent_string();

$sitepreferences = get_message_output_default_preferences();
        // Check if new login notification is disabled at system level.
        $newlogindisabled = $sitepreferences->moodle_newlogin_disable ?? 0;
        // Check if message providers (web, email, mobile) are enabled at system level.
        $msgproviderenabled = isset($sitepreferences->message_provider_moodle_newlogin_enabled);
        // Get message providers enabled for a user.
        $userpreferences = get_user_preferences('message_provider_moodle_newlogin_enabled');
        // Check if notification processor plugins (web, email, mobile) are enabled at system level.
        $msgprocessorsready = !empty(get_message_processors(true));
        // If new login notification is enabled at system level then go for other conditions check.
        $newloginenabled = $newlogindisabled ? 0 : ($userpreferences != 'none' && $msgproviderenabled);

if ($newloginenabled && $msgprocessorsready) {
            // Schedule adhoc task to send a login notification to the user.
            $task = new \core\task\send_login_notifications();
            $task->set_userid($USER->id);
            $task->set_custom_data(compact('ismoodleapp', 'useragent', 'loginip', 'logintime'));
            $task->set_component('core');
            \core\task\manager::queue_adhoc_task($task);
        }
    }

// Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to.
    if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id)) {
        // Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate.
        if (\core_message\helper::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id)) {
            \core_message\task\migrate_message_data::queue_task($USER->id);
        } else {
            set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id);
        }
    }

if (isguestuser()) {
        // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
        return $USER;
    }

if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
        // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
        return $USER;
    }

// Select password change url.
    $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);

// Check whether the user should be changing password.
    if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
        if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
            if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
                redirect($changeurl);
            } else {
                require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/login/lib.php');
                $SESSION->wantsurl = core_login_get_return_url();
                redirect($CFG->wwwroot.'/login/change_password.php');
            }
        } else {
            throw new \moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
        }
    }
    return $USER;
}

/**
 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (bcrypt).
 *
 * @param string $password String to check.
 * @return bool True if the $password matches the format of a bcrypt hash.
 */
function password_is_legacy_hash(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $password): bool {
    return (bool) preg_match('/^\$2y\$[\d]{2}\$[A-Za-z0-9\.\/]{53}$/', $password);
}

/**
 * Calculate the Shannon entropy of a string.
 *
 * @param string $pepper The pepper to calculate the entropy of.
 * @return float The Shannon entropy of the string.
 */
function calculate_entropy(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $pepper): float {
    // Initialize entropy.
    $h = 0;

// Calculate the length of the string.
    $size = strlen($pepper);

// For each unique character in the string.
    foreach (count_chars($pepper, 1) as $v) {
        // Calculate the probability of the character.
        $p = $v / $size;

// Add the character's contribution to the total entropy.
        // This uses the formula for the entropy of a discrete random variable.
        $h -= $p * log($p) / log(2);
    }

// Instead of returning the average entropy per symbol (Shannon entropy),
    // we multiply by the length of the string to get total entropy.
    return $h * $size;
}

/**
 * Get the available password peppers.
 * The latest pepper is checked for minimum entropy as part of this function.
 * We only calculate the entropy of the most recent pepper,
 * because passwords are always updated to the latest pepper,
 * and in the past we may have enforced a lower minimum entropy.
 * Also, we allow the latest pepper to be empty, to allow admins to migrate off peppers.
 *
 * @return array The password peppers.
 * @throws coding_exception If the entropy of the password pepper is less than the recommended minimum.
 */
function get_password_peppers(): array {
    global $CFG;

// Get all available peppers.
    if (isset($CFG->passwordpeppers) && is_array($CFG->passwordpeppers)) {
        // Sort the array in descending order of keys (numerical).
        $peppers = $CFG->passwordpeppers;
        krsort($peppers, SORT_NUMERIC);
    } else {
        $peppers = [];  // Set an empty array if no peppers are found.
    }

// Check if the entropy of the most recent pepper is less than the minimum.
    // Also, we allow the most recent pepper to be empty, to allow admins to migrate off peppers.
    $lastpepper = reset($peppers);
    if (!empty($peppers) && $lastpepper !== '' && calculate_entropy($lastpepper) < PEPPER_ENTROPY) {
        throw new coding_exception(
                'password pepper below minimum',
                'The entropy of the password pepper is less than the recommended minimum.');
    }
    return $peppers;
}

/**
 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
 *
 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
 * @param string $password Plain text password.
 * @return bool True if password is valid.
 */
function validate_internal_user_password(stdClass $user, #[\SensitiveParameter] string $password): bool {

if (exceeds_password_length($password)) {
        // Password cannot be more than MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS characters.
        return false;
    }

if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
        // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
        return false;
    }

$peppers = get_password_peppers(); // Get the array of available peppers.
    $islegacy = password_is_legacy_hash($user->password); // Check if the password is a legacy bcrypt hash.

// If the password is a legacy hash, no peppers were used, so verify and update directly.
    if ($islegacy && password_verify($password, $user->password)) {
        update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
        return true;
    }

// If the password is not a legacy hash, iterate through the peppers.
    $latestpepper = reset($peppers);
    // Add an empty pepper to the beginning of the array. To make it easier to check if the password matches without any pepper.
    $peppers = [-1 => ''] + $peppers;
    foreach ($peppers as $pepper) {
        $pepperedpassword = $password . $pepper;

// If the peppered password is correct, update (if necessary) and return true.
        if (password_verify($pepperedpassword, $user->password)) {
            // If the pepper used is not the latest one, update the password.
            if ($pepper !== $latestpepper) {
                update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
            }
            return true;
        }
    }

// If no peppered password was correct, the password is wrong.
    return false;
}

/**
 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
 *
 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low number of rounds when generating the hash
 *                       This is faster to generate but makes the hash less secure.
 *                       It is used when lots of hashes need to be generated quickly.
 * @param int $pepperlength Lenght of the peppers
 * @return string The hashed password.
 *
 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
 */
function hash_internal_user_password(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $password, $fasthash = false, $pepperlength = 0): string {
    if (exceeds_password_length($password, $pepperlength)) {
        // Password cannot be more than MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS.
        throw new \moodle_exception(get_string("passwordexceeded", 'error', MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS));
    }

// Set the cost factor to 5000 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
    $rounds = $fasthash ? 5000 : 10000;

// First generate a cryptographically suitable salt.
    $randombytes = random_bytes(16);
    $salt = substr(strtr(base64_encode($randombytes), '+', '.'), 0, 16);

// Now construct the password string with the salt and number of rounds.
    // The password string is in the format $algorithm$rounds$salt$hash. ($6 is the SHA512 algorithm).
    $generatedhash = crypt($password, implode('$', [
        '',
        // The SHA512 Algorithm
        '6',
        "rounds={$rounds}",
        $salt,
        '',
    ]));

if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) {
        throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
    }

return $generatedhash;
}

/**
 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
 *
 * The password is updated if:
 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
 *    to the hash of $password).
 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
 *    md5 algorithm).
 *
 * The password is peppered with the latest pepper before hashing,
 * if peppers are available.
 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
 * @param string $password Plain text password.
 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
 *                       This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
 *                       less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
 *                       be generated quickly.
 * @return bool Always returns true.
 */
function update_internal_user_password(
        stdClass $user,
        #[\SensitiveParameter] string $password,
        bool $fasthash = false
): bool {
    global $CFG, $DB;

// Add the latest password pepper to the password before further processing.
    $peppers = get_password_peppers();
    if (!empty($peppers)) {
        $password = $password . reset($peppers);
    }

// Figure out what the hashed password should be.
    if (!isset($user->auth)) {
        debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
                DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        $user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id));
    }
    $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
    if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
        $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED;
    } else {
        $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
    }

$algorithmchanged = false;

if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
        // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
        $passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword);

} else if (isset($user->password)) {
        // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
        $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password);
        $algorithmchanged = password_is_legacy_hash($user->password);
    } else {
        // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
        // saving it with user_create()
        $passwordchanged = true;
    }

if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) {
        $DB->set_field('user', 'password',  $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id));
        $user->password = $hashedpassword;

// Trigger event.
        $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id));
        \core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger();

// Remove WS user tokens.
        if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion)) {
            require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/lib.php');
            webservice::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id);
        }
    }

return true;
}

/**
 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
 *
 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
 *
 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
 * @param int $mnethostid
 * @param bool $throwexception If true, it will throw an exception when there's no record found or when there are multiple records
 *                              found. Otherwise, it will just return false.
 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
 */
function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null, $throwexception = false) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

if (!$field || !$value) {
        return false;
    }

// Change the field to lowercase.
    $field = core_text::strtolower($field);

// List of case insensitive fields.
    $caseinsensitivefields = ['email'];

// Username input is forced to lowercase and should be case sensitive.
    if ($field == 'username') {
        $value = core_text::strtolower($value);
    }

// Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
    $params = array('fieldval' => $value);

// Do a case-insensitive query, if necessary. These are generally very expensive. The performance can be improved on some DBs
    // such as MySQL by pre-filtering users with accent-insensitive subselect.
    if (in_array($field, $caseinsensitivefields)) {
        $fieldselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval', false);
        $idsubselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval2', false, false);
        $params['fieldval2'] = $value;
    } else {
        $fieldselect = "$field = :fieldval";
        $idsubselect = '';
    }
    $constraints = "$fieldselect AND deleted <> 1";

// If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
    // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
    if ($field != 'id') {
        if (empty($mnethostid)) {
            // If empty, we restrict to local users.
            $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
        }
    }
    if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
        $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
        $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
    }

if ($idsubselect) {
        $constraints .= " AND id IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE {$idsubselect})";
    }

// Get all the basic user data.
    try {
        // Make sure that there's only a single record that matches our query.
        // For example, when fetching by email, multiple records might match the query as there's no guarantee that email addresses
        // are unique. Therefore we can't reliably tell whether the user profile data that we're fetching is the correct one.
        $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);
    } catch (dml_exception $exception) {
        if ($throwexception) {
            throw $exception;
        } else {
            // Return false when no records or multiple records were found.
            return false;
        }
    }

// Get various settings and preferences.

// Preload preference cache.
    check_user_preferences_loaded($user);

// Load course enrolment related stuff.
    $user->lastcourseaccess    = array(); // During last session.
    $user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session.
    if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) {
        foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
            $user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess;
        }
    }

// Add cohort theme.
    if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/cohort/lib.php');
        if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id)) {
            $user->cohorttheme = $cohorttheme;
        }
    }

// Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
    $user->profile = array();
    if (!isguestuser($user)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
        profile_load_custom_fields($user);
    }

// Rewrite some variables if necessary.
    if (!empty($user->description)) {
        // No need to cart all of it around.
        $user->description = true;
    }
    if (isguestuser($user)) {
        // Guest language always same as site.
        $user->lang = get_newuser_language();
        // Name always in current language.
        $user->firstname = get_string('guestuser');
        $user->lastname = ' ';
    }

return $user;
}

/**
 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
 *
 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
 * @param string|null $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
 * @param stdClass|null $user the user object to perform password validation against. Defaults to null if not provided.
 *
 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
 */
function check_password_policy(string $password, ?string &$errmsg, ?stdClass $user = null) {
    global $CFG;
    if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicy) && !isguestuser($user)) {
        $errors = get_password_policy_errors($password, $user);

foreach ($errors as $error) {
            $errmsg .= '<div>' . $error . '</div>';
        }
    }

return $errmsg == '';
}

/**
 * Validate a password against the configured password policy.
 * Note: This function is unaffected by whether the password policy is enabled or not.
 *
 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
 * @param stdClass|null $user the user object to perform password validation against. Defaults to null if not provided.
 *
 * @return string[] Array of error messages.
 */
function get_password_policy_errors(string $password, ?stdClass $user = null) : array {
    global $CFG;

$errors = [];

if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength);
    }
    if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits);
    }
    if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower);
    }
    if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper);
    }
    if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum);
    }
    if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) {
        $errors[] = get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars);
    }

// Fire any additional password policy functions from plugins.
    // Plugin functions should output an error message string or empty string for success.
    $pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('check_password_policy');
    foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
        foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
            $pluginerr = $pluginfunction($password, $user);
            if ($pluginerr) {
                $errors[] = $pluginerr;
            }
        }
    }

return $errors;
}

/**
 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
 */
function set_login_session_preferences() {
    global $SESSION;

$SESSION->justloggedin = true;

unset($SESSION->lang);
    unset($SESSION->forcelang);
    unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin);
}

/**
 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
 *
 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
 *             method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
 *             failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
 */
function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
    global $DB, $CFG;

if (is_object($courseorid)) {
        $courseid = $courseorid->id;
        $course   = $courseorid;
    } else {
        $courseid = $courseorid;
        if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
            return false;
        }
    }
    $context = context_course::instance($courseid);

// Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
    if ($courseid == SITEID) {
        return false;
    }

// Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
    if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
        foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
            foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
                $pluginfunction($course);
            }
        }
    }

// Dispatch the hook for pre course delete actions.
    $hook = new \core_course\hook\before_course_deleted(
        course: $course,
    );
    \core\di::get(\core\hook\manager::class)->dispatch($hook);

// Tell the search manager we are about to delete a course. This prevents us sending updates
    // for each individual context being deleted.
    \core_search\manager::course_deleting_start($courseid);

$handler = core_course\customfield\course_handler::create();
    $handler->delete_instance($courseid);

// Make the course completely empty.
    remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);

// Delete the course and related context instance.
    context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid);

$DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
    $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));

// Reset all course related caches here.
    core_courseformat\base::reset_course_cache($courseid);

// Tell search that we have deleted the course so it can delete course data from the index.
    \core_search\manager::course_deleting_finish($courseid);

// Trigger a course deleted event.
    $event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array(
        'objectid' => $course->id,
        'context' => $context,
        'other' => array(
            'shortname' => $course->shortname,
            'fullname' => $course->fullname,
            'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
            )
    ));
    $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
    $event->trigger();

return true;
}

/**
 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
 *
 * This function does not verify any permissions.
 *
 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
 *
 * $options:
 *  - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
 *  - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
 *
 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
 * @param array $options extra options
 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
 *             method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
 *             failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
 */
function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
    global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;

require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php');
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php');
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');

// Handle course badges.
    badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);

// NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
    $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';

// Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
    $options = (array)$options;

$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
    $coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid);
    $fs = get_file_storage();

// Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
    $cc = new completion_info($course);
    $cc->clear_criteria();
    if ($showfeedback) {
        echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
    }

// Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
    // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
    // the course modules that own the grades.
    remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
    remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);

// Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
    // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
    $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
    foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
        blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id);
    }
    unset($childcontexts);
    blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
    if ($showfeedback) {
        echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
    }

$DB->set_field('course_modules', 'deletioninprogress', '1', ['course' => $courseid]);
    rebuild_course_cache($courseid, true);

// Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
    $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');

// Delete every instance of every module,
    // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
    $locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod');
    foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
        if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
            continue;
        }
        if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
            $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
              FROM {".$modname."} m
                   LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
             WHERE m.course = :courseid";
            $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id,
                'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));

include_once("$moddir/lib.php");                 // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
            $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance';       // Delete everything connected to an instance.

if ($instances) {
                foreach ($instances as $cm) {
                    if ($cm->id) {
                        // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
                        question_delete_activity($cm);
                        // Notify the competency subsystem.
                        \core_competency\api::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);

// Delete all tag instances associated with the instance of this module.
                        core_tag_tag::delete_instances("mod_{$modname}", null, context_module::instance($cm->id)->id);
                        core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course_modules', $cm->id);
                    }
                    if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
                        // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
                        $moddelete($cm->modinstance);
                    } else {
                        // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
                        debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
                        $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance));
                    }

if ($cm->id) {
                        // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
                        context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
                        $DB->delete_records('course_modules_completion', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id]);
                        $DB->delete_records('course_modules_viewed', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id]);
                        $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
                        rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true);
                    }
                }
            }
            if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
                echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
            }
        } else {
            // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
        }
    }

// We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.

// Delete completion defaults.
    $DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid));

// Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
    // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
    // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
    $DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_completion', 'coursemoduleid', 'id',
            'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]);
    $DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_viewed', 'coursemoduleid', 'id',
        'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]);

// Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
    $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id));
    $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
    foreach ($cms as $cm) {
        if (array_key_exists($cm->module, $allmodulesbyid)) {
            try {
                $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module], array('id' => $cm->instance));
            } catch (Exception $e) {
                // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
            }
        }
        context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
        $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
        rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true);
    }

if ($showfeedback) {
        echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
    }

// Delete questions and question categories.
    question_delete_course($course);
    if ($showfeedback) {
        echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
    }

// Delete content bank contents.
    $cb = new \core_contentbank\contentbank();
    $cbdeleted = $cb->delete_contents($coursecontext);
    if ($showfeedback && $cbdeleted) {
        echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('contentbank', 'contentbank'), 'notifysuccess');
    }

// Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
    $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
    foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
        $childcontext->delete();
    }
    unset($childcontexts);

// Remove roles and enrolments by default.
    if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
        // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
        // During restore, we should remove only enrolment related data that the user performing the restore has a
        // permission to remove.
        $userid = $options['userid'] ?? null;
        enrol_course_delete($course, $userid);
        role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true);
        if ($showfeedback) {
            echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
        }
    }

// Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
    if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
        groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback);
        groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback);
    }

// Filters be gone!
    filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);

// Notes, you shall not pass!
    note_delete_all($course->id);

// Die comments!
    comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id);

// Ratings are history too.
    $delopt = new stdclass();
    $delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id;
    $rm = new rating_manager();
    $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);

// Delete course tags.
    core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id);

// Give the course format the opportunity to remove its obscure data.
    $format = course_get_format($course);
    $format->delete_format_data();

// Notify the competency subsystem.
    \core_competency\api::hook_course_deleted($course);

// Delete calendar events.
    $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id));
    $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar');

// Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
    // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
    // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
    $tablestoclear = array(
        'backup_courses' => 'courseid',  // Scheduled backup stuff.
        'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
    );
    foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
        $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id));
    }

// Delete all course backup files.
    $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup');

// Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
    // Do not wipe cacherev, as this course might be reused and we need to ensure that it keeps
    // increasing.
    $oldcourse = new stdClass();
    $oldcourse->id               = $course->id;
    $oldcourse->summary          = '';
    $oldcourse->legacyfiles      = 0;
    if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
        $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0;
    }
    $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);

// Delete course sections.
    $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id));

// Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
    $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.

// Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
    if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
        // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
        $coursecontext->delete_content();
    } else {
        // Hack alert!!!!
        // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
        // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
    }

// Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
    // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
    fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id);

// Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
    course_modinfo::purge_course_cache($courseid);

// Trigger a course content deleted event.
    $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array(
        'objectid' => $course->id,
        'context' => $coursecontext,
        'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname,
                         'fullname' => $course->fullname,
                         'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
    ));
    $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
    $event->trigger();

return true;
}

/**
 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
 *
 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
 * @param int $timeshift time difference
 * @param int $courseid
 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
 * @return bool success
 */
function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
    global $CFG, $DB;
    include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');

$return = true;
    $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
    foreach ($fields as $field) {
        $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
                          SET $field = $field + ?
                        WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
        if ($modid) {
            $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
            $params[] = $modid;
        }
        $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
    }

return $return;
}

/**
 * This function will empty a course of user data.
 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
 *
 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
 */
function reset_course_userdata($data) {
    global $CFG, $DB;
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php');
    require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');

$data->courseid = $data->id;
    $context = context_course::instance($data->courseid);

$eventparams = array(
        'context' => $context,
        'courseid' => $data->id,
        'other' => array(
            'reset_options' => (array) $data
        )
    );
    $event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams);
    $event->trigger();

// Calculate the time shift of dates.
    if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) {
        // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
        $data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old);
    } else {
        $data->timeshift = 0;
    }

// Result array: component, item, error.
    $status = array();

// Start the resetting.
    $componentstr = get_string('general');

// Move the course start time.
    if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) {
        // Change course start data.
        $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
        // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
        $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
                         SET timestart = timestart + ?
                       WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
        $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid));

// Update any date activity restrictions.
        if ($CFG->enableavailability) {
            \availability_date\condition::update_all_dates($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
        }

// Update completion expected dates.
        if ($CFG->enablecompletion) {
            $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid);
            $changed = false;
            foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) {
                if ($cm->completion && !empty($cm->completionexpected)) {
                    $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected + $data->timeshift,
                        array('id' => $cm->id));
                    $changed = true;
                }
            }

// Clear course cache if changes made.
            if ($changed) {
                rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid, true);
            }

// Update course date completion criteria.
            \completion_criteria_date::update_date($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
        }

$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_end_date)) {
        // If the user set a end date value respect it.
        $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
    } else if ($data->timeshift > 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old) {
        // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
        $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old + $data->timeshift;
        $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid));
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_events)) {
        $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid));
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
        note_delete_all($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php');
        blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) {
        // Delete course and activity completion information.
        $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid));
        $cc = new completion_info($course);
        $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
                'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings)) {
        \core_competency\api::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
            'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
    }

$componentstr = get_string('roles');

if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) {
        $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
        foreach ($children as $child) {
            $child->delete_capabilities();
        }
        $context->delete_capabilities();
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
    }

if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) {
        $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
        foreach ($children as $child) {
            role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id));
        }
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
    }

// First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
    $data->unenrolled = array();
    if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) {
        $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
        $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true);
        foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
            if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) {
                unset($instances[$key]);
                continue;
            }
        }

$usersroles = enrol_get_course_users_roles($data->courseid);
        foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) {
            if ($withroleid) {
                $sql = "SELECT ue.*
                          FROM {user_enrolments} ue
                          JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
                          JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
                          JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
                $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);

} else {
                // Without any role assigned at course context.
                $sql = "SELECT ue.*
                          FROM {user_enrolments} ue
                          JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
                          JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
                     LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
                         WHERE ra.id IS null";
                $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
            }

$rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
            foreach ($rs as $ue) {
                if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) {
                    continue;
                }
                $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid];
                $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol];
                if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
                    continue;
                }

if ($withroleid && count($usersroles[$ue->userid]) > 1) {
                    // If we don't remove all roles and user has more than one role, just remove this role.
                    role_unassign($withroleid, $ue->userid, $context->id);

unset($usersroles[$ue->userid][$withroleid]);
                } else {
                    // If we remove all roles or user has only one role, unenrol user from course.
                    $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid);
                }
                $data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid;
            }
            $rs->close();
        }
    }
    if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) {
        $status[] = array(
            'component' => $componentstr,
            'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')',
            'error' => false
        );
    }

$componentstr = get_string('groups');

// Remove all group members.
    if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) {
        groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
    }

// Remove all groups.
    if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) {
        groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
    }

// Remove all grouping members.
    if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) {
        groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
    }

// Remove all groupings.
    if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) {
        groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
    }

// Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
    $unsupportedmods = array();
    if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
        foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
            $modname = $mod->name;
            $modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
            $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata';   // Function to delete user data.
            if (file_exists($modfile)) {
                if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) {
                    continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
                }
                include_once($modfile);
                if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
                    $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
                    if (is_array($modstatus)) {
                        $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
                    } else {
                        debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
                    }
                } else {
                    $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
                }
            } else {
                debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
            }
            // Update calendar events for all modules.
            course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid);
        }
        // Purge the course cache after resetting course start date. MDL-76936
        if ($data->timeshift) {
            course_modinfo::purge_course_cache($data->courseid);
        }
    }

// Mention unsupported mods.
    if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
        foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
            $status[] = array(
                'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name),
                'item' => '',
                'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
            );
        }
    }

$componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
    // Reset gradebook,.
    if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) {
        remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false);
        grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid);
        grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);

} else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) {
        grade_course_reset($data->courseid);
        $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
    }
    // Reset comments.
    if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
        comment::reset_course_page_comments($context);
    }

$event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams);
    $event->trigger();

return $status;
}

/**
 * Generate an email processing address.
 *
 * @param int $modid
 * @param string $modargs
 * @return string Returns email processing address
 */
function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
    global $CFG;

$header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
    return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain;
}

/**
 * ?
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function
 *
 * @param string $modargs
 * @param string $body Currently unused
 */
function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
    global $DB;

// The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
    switch ($modargs[0]) {
        case 'B': { // Bounce.
            list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
            if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
                // Check the half md5 of their email.
                $md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
                if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
                    set_bounce_count($user);
                }
                // Else maybe they've already changed it?
            }
        }
        break;
        // Maybe more later?
    }
}

// CORRESPONDENCE.

/**
 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
 *
 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
 */
function get_mailer($action='get') {
    global $CFG;

/** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
    static $mailer  = null;
    static $counter = 0;

if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
        $CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1;
    }

if ($action == 'get') {
        $prevkeepalive = false;

if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
            if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) {
                $counter++;
                // Reset the mailer.
                $mailer->Priority         = 3;
                $mailer->CharSet          = 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
                $mailer->ContentType      = "text/plain";
                $mailer->Encoding         = "8bit";
                $mailer->From             = "root@localhost";
                $mailer->FromName         = "Root User";
                $mailer->Sender           = "";
                $mailer->Subject          = "";
                $mailer->Body             = "";
                $mailer->AltBody          = "";
                $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = "";

$mailer->clearAllRecipients();
                $mailer->clearReplyTos();
                $mailer->clearAttachments();
                $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
                return $mailer;
            }

$prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive;
            get_mailer('flush');
        }

require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
        $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();

$counter = 1;

if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') {
            // Use Qmail system.
            $mailer->isQmail();

} else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) {
            // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
            $mailer->isMail();

} else {
            // Use SMTP directly.
            $mailer->isSMTP();
            if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp) && (!empty($CFG->debugdeveloper))) {
                $mailer->SMTPDebug = 3;
            }
            // Specify main and backup servers.
            $mailer->Host          = $CFG->smtphosts;
            // Specify secure connection protocol.
            $mailer->SMTPSecure    = $CFG->smtpsecure;
            // Use previous keepalive.
            $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive;

if ($CFG->smtpuser) {
                // Use SMTP authentication.
                $mailer->SMTPAuth = true;
                $mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser;
                $mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass;
            }
        }

return $mailer;
    }

$nothing = null;

// Keep smtp session open after sending.
    if ($action == 'buffer') {
        if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
            get_mailer('flush');
            $m = get_mailer();
            if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') {
                $m->SMTPKeepAlive = true;
            }
        }
        return $nothing;
    }

// Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
    if ($action == 'flush') {
        if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
            if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
                echo '<pre>'."\n";
            }
            $mailer->SmtpClose();
            if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
                echo '</pre>';
            }
        }
        return $nothing;
    }

// Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
    if ($action == 'close') {
        if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
            get_mailer('flush');
            $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false;
        }
        $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
        return $nothing;
    }
}

/**
 * A helper function to test for email diversion
 *
 * @param string $email
 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
 */
function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
    global $CFG;

if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) {
        return false;
    }

if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept)) {
        return true;
    }

$patterns = array_map('trim', preg_split("/[\s,]+/", $CFG->divertallemailsexcept, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY));
    foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
        if (preg_match("/{$pattern}/i", $email)) {
            return false;
        }
    }

return true;
}

/**
 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
 *
 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
 */
function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
    global $CFG;

$urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot);
    $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];

// If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
    // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
    // that the id local part should never contain a / character so
    // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
    if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
        $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
    }

if (empty($localpart)) {
        $localpart = uniqid('', true);
    }

// Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
    // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
    $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);

return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
}

/**
 * Send an email to a specified user
 *
 * @param stdClass $user  A {@link $USER} object
 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in one of
 *          the following directories: $CFG->cachedir, $CFG->dataroot, $CFG->dirroot, $CFG->localcachedir, $CFG->tempdir
 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
 *          be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
 */
function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
                       $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {

global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;

if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) {
        debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        return false;
    }

if (empty($user->email)) {
        debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        return false;
    }

if (!empty($user->deleted)) {
        debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        return false;
    }

if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
        // Fake email sending in behat.
        return true;
    }

if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) {
        // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
        debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL);
        return true;
    }

if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email)) {
        $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
        $user = clone($user);
        $user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto;
    }

// Skip mail to suspended users.
    if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) {
        return true;
    }

if (!validate_email($user->email)) {
        // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
        debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
        return false;
    }

if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
        debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
        return false;
    }

// TLD .invalid  is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
    // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
    if (substr($user->email, -8) == '.invalid') {
        debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
        return true; // This is not an error.
    }

// If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
    // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
    // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
    if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
        require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php');

$jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
        $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);

$messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
                $callback,
                $messagetext);
        $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
                $callback,
                $messagehtml);
    }
    $mail = get_mailer();

if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
        echo '<pre>' . "\n";
    }

$temprecipients = array();
    $tempreplyto = array();

// Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
    $noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot);
    $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress) ? $noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress;

if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) {
        debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress));
        $noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault;
    }

// Make up an email address for handling bounces.
    if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
        $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
        $mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
    } else {
        $mail->Sender = $noreplyaddress;
    }

// Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one.
    if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) {
        debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto));
        $replyto = $noreplyaddress;
    }

if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
        $mail->From     = $noreplyaddress;
        $mail->FromName = $from;
    // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
    // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
    // in a course with the sender.
    } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) {
        if (!validate_email($from->email)) {
            debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email).' - not sending');
            // Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case.
            return false;
        }
        $mail->From = $from->email;
        $fromdetails = new stdClass();
        $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
        $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
        $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
        $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
        if ($CFG->emailfromvia == EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS) {
            $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
        }
        $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
        if (empty($replyto)) {
            $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email, fullname($from));
        }
    } else {
        $mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
        $fromdetails = new stdClass();
        $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
        $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
        $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
        $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
        if ($CFG->emailfromvia != EMAIL_VIA_NEVER) {
            $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
        }
        $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
        if (empty($replyto)) {
            $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
        }
    }

if (!empty($replyto)) {
        $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
    }

$temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user));

// Set word wrap.
    $mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth;

if (!empty($from->customheaders)) {
        // Add custom headers.
        if (is_array($from->customheaders)) {
            foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) {
                $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
            }
        } else {
            $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders);
        }
    }

// If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
    // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
    // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
    if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {

$stack = debug_backtrace(false);
        $origin = $stack[0];

foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
            if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
                $origin = $call;
            }
        }

$originheader = $CFG->wwwroot . ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
             . str_replace($CFG->dirroot . '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
        $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
    }

if (!empty($CFG->emailheaders)) {
        $headers = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->emailheaders));
        foreach ($headers as $header) {
            if (!empty($header)) {
                $mail->addCustomHeader($header);
            }
        }
    }

if (!empty($from->priority)) {
        $mail->Priority = $from->priority;
    }

$renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
    $context = array(
        'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname,
        'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname,
        'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot,
        'subject' => $subject,
        'prefix' => $CFG->emailsubjectprefix,
        'to' => $user->email,
        'toname' => fullname($user),
        'from' => $mail->From,
        'fromname' => $mail->FromName,
    );
    if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
        $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
        $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
    }
    if ($user->id > 0) {
        $context['touserid'] = $user->id;
        $context['tousername'] = $user->username;
    }

if (!empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
        // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.

if (!$messagehtml) {
            // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
            // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
            $messagehtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
        }
        $context['body'] = $messagehtml;
        $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
    }

$context['body'] = html_to_text(nl2br($messagetext));
    $mail->Subject = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
    $mail->FromName = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
    $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);

// Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
    if (empty($mail->MessageID)) {
        $mail->MessageID = generate_email_messageid();
    }

if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
        // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
        $mail->isHTML(true);
        $mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable';
        $mail->Body    =  $messagehtml;
        $mail->AltBody =  "\n$messagetext\n";
    } else {
        $mail->IsHTML(false);
        $mail->Body =  "\n$messagetext\n";
    }

if ($attachment && $attachname) {
        if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
            // Security check for ".." in dir path.
            $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
            $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true));
            $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment.  User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
        } else {
            require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php');
            $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);

// Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
            // The absolute (real) path is also fetched to ensure that comparisons to allowed paths are compared equally.
            $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($attachment));

// Build an array of all filepaths from which attachments can be added (normalised slashes, absolute/real path).
            $allowedpaths = array_map(function(string $path): string {
                return str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($path));
            }, [
                $CFG->cachedir,
                $CFG->dataroot,
                $CFG->dirroot,
                $CFG->localcachedir,
                $CFG->tempdir,
                $CFG->localrequestdir,
            ]);

// Set addpath to true.
            $addpath = true;

// Check if attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
            foreach (array_filter($allowedpaths) as $allowedpath) {
                // Set addpath to false if the attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
                if (strpos($attachpath, $allowedpath) === 0) {
                    $addpath = false;
                    break;
                }
            }

// If the attachment is a full path to a file in the multiple allowed paths, use it as is,
            // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
            if ($addpath == true) {
                $attachment = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachment;
            }

$mail->addAttachment($attachment, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
        }
    }

// Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
    if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) {

// Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
        $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset;
        if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) {
            if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) {
                $charset = $useremailcharset;
            }
        }

// Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
        $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
        unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
        if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
            $mail->CharSet  = $charset;
            $mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
            $mail->Subject  = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
            $mail->Body     = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
            $mail->AltBody  = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));

foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
                $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
            }
            foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
                $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
            }
        }
    }

foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
        $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
    }
    foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
        $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
    }

if (!empty($CFG->emaildkimselector)) {
        $domain = substr(strrchr($mail->From, "@"), 1);
        $pempath = "{$CFG->dataroot}/dkim/{$domain}/{$CFG->emaildkimselector}.private";
        if (file_exists($pempath)) {
            $mail->DKIM_domain      = $domain;
            $mail->DKIM_private     = $pempath;
            $mail->DKIM_selector    = $CFG->emaildkimselector;
            $mail->DKIM_identity    = $mail->From;
        } else {
            debugging("Email DKIM selector chosen due to {$mail->From} but no certificate found at $pempath", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        }
    }

if ($mail->send()) {
        set_send_count($user);
        if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
            echo '</pre>';
        }
        return true;
    } else {
        // Trigger event for failing to send email.
        $event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array(
            'context' => context_system::instance(),
            'userid' => $from->id,
            'relateduserid' => $user->id,
            'other' => array(
                'subject' => $subject,
                'message' => $messagetext,
                'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
            )
        ));
        $event->trigger();
        if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
            mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo);
        }
        if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
            echo '</pre>';
        }
        return false;
    }
}

/**
 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
 *
 * @param  object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
 * @param  object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
 * @param  array $unused No longer used.
 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
 */
function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) {
    global $CFG;
    if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains) || empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains))) {
        return false;
    }
    $alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains));
    // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
    // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
    // in a course with the sender.
    if (\core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email, strpos($from->email, '@') + 1), $alloweddomains)
                && ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
                || ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
                && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
        return true;
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
 *
 * @return string
 */
function generate_email_signoff() {
    global $CFG, $OUTPUT;

$signoff = "\n";
    if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) {
        $signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n";
    }

$supportemail = $OUTPUT->supportemail(['class' => 'font-weight-bold']);

if ($supportemail) {
        $signoff .= "\n" . $supportemail . "\n";
    }

return $signoff;
}

/**
 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
 */
function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

// We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
    // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
    // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
    $lang = empty($user->lang) ? get_newuser_language() : $user->lang;

$site  = get_site();

$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();

$newpassword = generate_password();

update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);

$a = new stdClass();
    $a->firstname   = fullname($user, true);
    $a->sitename    = format_string($site->fullname);
    $a->username    = $user->username;
    $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
    $a->link        = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/?lang='.$lang;
    $a->signoff     = generate_email_signoff();

$message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);

$subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);

// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
    return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);

}

/**
 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
 */
function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
    global $CFG;

$site  = get_site();
    $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();

$userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
    if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
        trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
        return false;
    }

$newpassword = generate_password();

if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
        throw new \moodle_exception("cannotsetpassword");
    }

$a = new stdClass();
    $a->firstname   = $user->firstname;
    $a->lastname    = $user->lastname;
    $a->sitename    = format_string($site->fullname);
    $a->username    = $user->username;
    $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
    $a->link        = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php';
    $a->signoff     = generate_email_signoff();

$message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);

$subject  = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');

unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.

// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
    return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}

/**
 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
 */
function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
    global $CFG;

$site = get_site();
    $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();

$data = new stdClass();
    $data->sitename  = format_string($site->fullname);
    $data->admin     = generate_email_signoff();

$subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));

if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
        $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
    }

$confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
    // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
    $confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
    $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);

// We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
    // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
    // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
    $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
    // Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
    $username = urlencode($user->username);
    // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
    $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);

$data->link = $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ? '&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username;

$message     = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
    $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);

// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
    return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
}

/**
 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
 */
function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
    global $CFG;

$site = get_site();
    $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
    $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30;

$data = new stdClass();
    $data->firstname = $user->firstname;
    $data->lastname  = $user->lastname;
    $data->username  = $user->username;
    $data->sitename  = format_string($site->fullname);
    $data->link      = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token;
    $data->admin     = generate_email_signoff();
    $data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins;

$message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
    $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));

// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
    return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);

}

/**
 * Sends an email containing information on how to change your password.
 *
 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
 */
function send_password_change_info($user) {
    $site = get_site();
    $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();

if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
        $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
        $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
        // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
        return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
    }

$userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
    ['subject' => $subject, 'message' => $message] = $userauth->get_password_change_info($user);

// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
    return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}

/**
 * Check that an email is allowed.  It returns an error message if there was a problem.
 *
 * @param string $email Content of email
 * @return string|false
 */
function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
    global $CFG;

// Comparing lowercase domains.
    $email = strtolower($email);
    if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) {
        $allowed = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->allowemailaddresses));
        foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
            $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
            if (!$allowedpattern) {
                continue;
            }
            if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
                if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
                    // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
                    return false;
                }

} else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);

} else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) {
        $denied = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->denyemailaddresses));
        foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
            $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
            if (!$deniedpattern) {
                continue;
            }
            if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
                if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
                    // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
                    return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
                }

} else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
                return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
            }
        }
    }

return false;
}

// FILE HANDLING.

/**
 * Returns local file storage instance
 *
 * @return ?file_storage
 */
function get_file_storage($reset = false) {
    global $CFG;

static $fs = null;

if ($reset) {
        $fs = null;
        return;
    }

if ($fs) {
        return $fs;
    }

require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");

$fs = new file_storage();

return $fs;
}

/**
 * Returns local file storage instance
 *
 * @return file_browser
 */
function get_file_browser() {
    global $CFG;

static $fb = null;

if ($fb) {
        return $fb;
    }

require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");

$fb = new file_browser();

return $fb;
}

/**
 * Returns file packer
 *
 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
 * @return file_packer|false
 */
function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
    global $CFG;

static $fp = array();

if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
        return $fp[$mimetype];
    }

switch ($mimetype) {
        case 'application/zip':
        case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
            $classname = 'zip_packer';
            break;

case 'application/x-gzip' :
            $classname = 'tgz_packer';
            break;

case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
            $classname = 'mbz_packer';
            break;

default:
            return false;
    }

require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
    $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();

return $fp[$mimetype];
}

/**
 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
 *
 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
 */
function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
    if (empty($newfile)) {
        return '';
    }
    if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
        return $newfile['tmp_name'];
    } else {
        return '';
    }
}

/**
 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
 *
 * There are seven possible upload limits:
 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
 *
 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function
 *
 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
 */
function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {

if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
        $filesize = '5M';
    }
    $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);

if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
        $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
        if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
            $minimumsize = $postsize;
        }
    }

if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
        $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
    }

if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
        $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
    }

if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
        $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
    }

return $minimumsize;
}

/**
 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
 *
 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
 *
 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param stdClass|int|null $user The user
 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
 */
function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
        $unused = false) {
    global $USER;

if (empty($user)) {
        $user = $USER;
    }

if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
        return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS;
    }

return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
}

/**
 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
 *
 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
 * local language.
 *
 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
 *
 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
 *
 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
 *        Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
 * @return array
 */
function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
    global $CFG;

if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
        return array();
    }

if ($sitebytes == 0) {
        // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
        $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
    }

$filesize = array();
    $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
                      5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600,
                      262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824,
                      2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592);

// If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
    if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
        $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
        if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
            $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
        }
    } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
        $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
    }

// Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
    if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) {
        // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
        $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes);
    }

foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
        if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
            $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes, 0);
        }
    }

$limitlevel = '';
    $displaysize = '';
    if ($modulebytes &&
        (($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) &&
         ($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) {
        $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
        $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes, 0);
        $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.

} else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) {
        $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
        $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes, 0);
        $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.

} else if ($sitebytes) {
        $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
        $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes, 0);
        $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
    }

krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC);
    if ($limitlevel) {
        $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
        $filesize  = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize;
    }

return $filesize;
}

/**
 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
 *
 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
 * (at least one of these must be true!)
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
 *
 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
 * @param bool $getfiles  If true then files are included in the output
 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
 */
function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {

$dirs = array();

if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) {   // Nothing to show.
        return $dirs;
    }

if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {          // Must be a directory.
        return $dirs;
    }

if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) {  // Can't open it for some reason.
        return $dirs;
    }

if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
        $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
    }

while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
        $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
        if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
            continue;
        }
        $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
        if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
            if ($getdirs) {
                $dirs[] = $file;
            }
            if ($descend) {
                $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
                foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
                    $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
                }
            }
        } else if ($getfiles) {
            $dirs[] = $file;
        }
    }
    closedir($dir);

asort($dirs);

return $dirs;
}

/**
 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
 *
 * @param string $rootdir  The directory to start from
 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
 */
function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
    global $CFG;

// Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
    if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) {
        $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
        $output = null;
        $return = null;
        exec($command, $output, $return);
        if (is_array($output)) {
            // We told it to return k.
            return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
        }
    }

if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
        // Must be a directory.
        return 0;
    }

if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) {
        // Can't open it for some reason.
        return 0;
    }

$size = 0;

while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
        $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
        if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
            continue;
        }
        $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
        if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
            $size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
        } else {
            $size += filesize($fullfile);
        }
    }
    closedir($dir);

return $size;
}

/**
 * Converts bytes into display form
 *
 * @param int $size  The size to convert to human readable form
 * @param int $decimalplaces If specified, uses fixed number of decimal places
 * @param string $fixedunits If specified, uses fixed units (e.g. 'KB')
 * @return string Display version of size
 */
function display_size($size, int $decimalplaces = 1, string $fixedunits = ''): string {

static $units;

if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) {
        return get_string('unlimited');
    }

if (empty($units)) {
        $units[] = get_string('sizeb');
        $units[] = get_string('sizekb');
        $units[] = get_string('sizemb');
        $units[] = get_string('sizegb');
        $units[] = get_string('sizetb');
        $units[] = get_string('sizepb');
    }

switch ($fixedunits) {
        case 'PB' :
            $magnitude = 5;
            break;
        case 'TB' :
            $magnitude = 4;
            break;
        case 'GB' :
            $magnitude = 3;
            break;
        case 'MB' :
            $magnitude = 2;
            break;
        case 'KB' :
            $magnitude = 1;
            break;
        case 'B' :
            $magnitude = 0;
            break;
        case '':
            $magnitude = floor(log($size, 1024));
            $magnitude = max(0, min(5, $magnitude));
            break;
        default:
            throw new coding_exception('Unknown fixed units value: ' . $fixedunits);
    }

// Special case for magnitude 0 (bytes) - never use decimal places.
    $nbsp = "\xc2\xa0";
    if ($magnitude === 0) {
        return round($size) . $nbsp . $units[$magnitude];
    }

// Convert to specified units.
    $sizeinunit = $size / 1024 ** $magnitude;

// Fixed decimal places.
    return sprintf('%.' . $decimalplaces . 'f', $sizeinunit) . $nbsp . $units[$magnitude];
}

/**
 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
 *
 * @see clean_param()
 * @param string $string file name
 * @return string cleaned file name
 */
function clean_filename($string) {
    return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE);
}

// STRING TRANSLATION.

/**
 * Returns the code for the current language
 *
 * @category string
 * @return string
 */
function current_language() {
    global $CFG, $PAGE, $SESSION, $USER;

if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
        // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
        // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
        // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
        // specific language (see force_current_language()).
        $return = $SESSION->forcelang;

} else if (!empty($PAGE->cm->lang)) {
        // Activity language, if set.
        $return = $PAGE->cm->lang;

} else if (!empty($PAGE->course->id) && $PAGE->course->id != SITEID && !empty($PAGE->course->lang)) {
        // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
        $return = $PAGE->course->lang;

} else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
        // Session language can override other settings.
        $return = $SESSION->lang;

} else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
        $return = $USER->lang;

} else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
        $return = $CFG->lang;

} else {
        $return = 'en';
    }

// Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
    $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);

return $return;
}

/**
 * Fix the current language to the given language code.
 *
 * @param string $lang The language code to use.
 * @return void
 */
function fix_current_language(string $lang): void {
    global $CFG, $COURSE, $SESSION, $USER;

if (!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang)) {
        throw new coding_exception("The language pack for $lang is not available");
    }

$fixglobal = '';
    $fixlang = 'lang';
    if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
        $fixglobal = $SESSION;
        $fixlang = 'forcelang';
    } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) && $COURSE->id != SITEID && !empty($COURSE->lang)) {
        $fixglobal = $COURSE;
    } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
        $fixglobal = $SESSION;
    } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
        $fixglobal = $USER;
    } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
        set_config('lang', $lang);
    }

if ($fixglobal) {
        $fixglobal->$fixlang = $lang;
    }
}

/**
 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $lang null means current language
 * @return string
 */
function get_parent_language($lang=null) {

$parentlang = get_string_manager()->get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig', null, $lang);

if ($parentlang === 'en') {
        $parentlang = '';
    }

return $parentlang;
}

/**
 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
 *
 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
 *
 * @param string $language
 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
 */
function force_current_language($language) {
    global $SESSION;
    $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : '';
    if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
        // Setting forcelang to null or an empty string disables its effect.
        if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
            $SESSION->forcelang = $language;
            moodle_setlocale();
        }
    }
    return $sessionforcelang;
}

/**
 * Returns current string_manager instance.
 *
 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
 *
 * @category string
 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
 * @return core_string_manager
 */
function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
    global $CFG;

static $singleton = null;

if ($forcereload) {
        $singleton = null;
    }
    if ($singleton === null) {
        if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) {

$transaliases = array();
            if (empty($CFG->langlist)) {
                 $translist = array();
            } else {
                $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist);
                $translist = array_map('trim', $translist);
                // Each language in the $CFG->langlist can has an "alias" that would substitute the default language name.
                foreach ($translist as $i => $value) {
                    $parts = preg_split('/\s*\|\s*/', $value, 2);
                    if (count($parts) == 2) {
                        $transaliases[$parts[0]] = $parts[1];
                        $translist[$i] = $parts[0];
                    }
                }
            }

if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'])) {
                $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'];

if (class_exists($classname)) {
                    $implements = class_implements($classname);

if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
                        $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases);
                        return $singleton;

} else {
                        debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
                            ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
                    }

} else {
                    debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
                }
            }

$singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases);

} else {
            $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
        }
    }

return $singleton;
}

/**
 * Returns a localized string.
 *
 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
 * for $module.  Uses the same format files as STphp.
 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
 * within translation strings
 *
 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
 * or 'hello {$a}'
 *
 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
 * the function {@link print_string()}
 *
 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
 * to retrieve it.<br/>
 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
 * <code>
 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
 * </code>
 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
 * in any language that supports it on your site
 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
 * <code>
 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
 * or
 * </code>
 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
 * around line 75:
 * <code>
 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
 * </code>
 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
 * <code>
 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
 * </code>
 *
 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
 *
 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
 *     (string)$stringobject
 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
 *     echo $stringobject
 *     return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
 * But you should never do that anyway!
 * For more information {@link lang_string}
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
 *      usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
 *      .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
 *      If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
 * @param string|object|array|int $a An object, string or number that can be used
 *      within translation strings
 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
 *      the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
 * @return string The localized string.
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
    global $CFG;

// If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
    // instead.
    // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
    // used to be a forth argument at one point.
    if ($lazyload === true) {
        return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
    }

if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
    }

// There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
    // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
    if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
        debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
    }

if (strpos((string)$component, '/') !== false) {
        debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
                'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        $componentpath = explode('/', $component);

switch ($componentpath[0]) {
            case 'mod':
                $component = $componentpath[1];
                break;
            case 'blocks':
            case 'block':
                $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
                break;
            case 'enrol':
                $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
                break;
            case 'format':
                $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
                break;
            case 'grade':
                $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
                break;
        }
    }

$result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);

// Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
    if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
        $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
    }
    return $result;
}

/**
 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
 *
 * @param array $array An array of strings
 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
 * @return stdClass translated strings.
 */
function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
    $string = new stdClass;
    foreach ($array as $item) {
        $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
    }
    return $string;
}

/**
 * Prints out a translated string.
 *
 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
 *
 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
 * <code>
 * echo '<strong>';
 * print_string('course');
 * echo '</strong>';
 * </code>
 *
 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
 * <code>
 * echo '<h1>';
 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
 * echo '</h1>';
 * </code>
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
 */
function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
    echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
}

/**
 * Returns a list of charset codes
 *
 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
 *
 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
 */
function get_list_of_charsets() {

$charsets = array(
        'EUC-JP'     => 'EUC-JP',
        'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
        'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
        'SHIFT-JIS'  => 'SHIFT-JIS',
        'GB2312'     => 'GB2312',
        'GB18030'    => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
        'UTF-8'      => 'UTF-8');

asort($charsets);

return $charsets;
}

/**
 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
 *
 * @return array
 */
function get_list_of_themes() {
    global $CFG;

$themes = array();

if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) {       // Use admin's list of themes.
        $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist);
    } else {
        $themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme"));
    }

foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
        $theme = theme_config::load($themename);
        $themes[$themename] = $theme;
    }

core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');

return $themes;
}

/**
 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
 *
 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
 */
function get_emoticon_manager() {
    static $singleton = null;

if (is_null($singleton)) {
        $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
    }

return $singleton;
}

/**
 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
 *
 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
 * altidentifier and altcomponent
 *
 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
 *
 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
 * @license   http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
 */
class emoticon_manager {

/**
     * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
     *
     * @param boolean $selectable - If true, only return emoticons that should be selectable from a list.
     * @return array of emoticon objects
     */
    public function get_emoticons($selectable = false) {
        global $CFG;
        $notselectable = ['martin', 'egg'];

if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) {
            return array();
        }

$emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons);

if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
            // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
            debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL);
            return array();
        }
        if ($selectable) {
            foreach ($emoticons as $index => $emote) {
                if (in_array($emote->altidentifier, $notselectable)) {
                    // Skip this one.
                    unset($emoticons[$index]);
                }
            }
        }

return $emoticons;
    }

/**
     * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
     *
     * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
     * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
     * @return pix_emoticon
     */
    public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
        $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
        if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) {
            $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent);
        } else {
            $alt = s($emoticon->text);
        }
        return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes);
    }

/**
     * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
     *
     * @see self::decode_stored_config()
     * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
     * @return string
     */
    public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
        return json_encode($emoticons);
    }

/**
     * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
     *
     * @see self::encode_stored_config()
     * @param string $encoded
     * @return array|null
     */
    public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
        $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
        if (!is_array($decoded)) {
            return null;
        }
        return $decoded;
    }

/**
     * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
     *
     * @return array of sdtClasses
     */
    public function default_emoticons() {
        return array(
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
            $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
        );
    }

/**
     * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
     *
     * @param string|array $text or array of strings
     * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
     * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
     * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
     * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
     * @return stdClass
     */
    protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
                                               $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
        return (object)array(
            'text'           => $text,
            'imagename'      => $imagename,
            'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
            'altidentifier'  => $altidentifier,
            'altcomponent'   => $altcomponent,
        );
    }
}

// ENCRYPTION.

/**
 * rc4encrypt
 *
 * @param string $data        Data to encrypt.
 * @return string             The now encrypted data.
 */
function rc4encrypt($data) {
    return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
}

/**
 * rc4decrypt
 *
 * @param string $data        Data to decrypt.
 * @return string             The now decrypted data.
 */
function rc4decrypt($data) {
    return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
}

/**
 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function
 *
 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
 * @return string
 */
function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {

if ($case == 'de') {
        $data = urldecode($data);
    }

$key[] = '';
    $box[] = '';
    $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);

for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
        $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1));
        $box[$i] = $i;
    }

$x = 0;

for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
        $x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256;
        $tempswap = $box[$i];
        $box[$i] = $box[$x];
        $box[$x] = $tempswap;
    }

$cipher = '';

$a = 0;
    $j = 0;

for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) {
        $a = ($a + 1) % 256;
        $j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256;
        $temp = $box[$a];
        $box[$a] = $box[$j];
        $box[$j] = $temp;
        $k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)];
        $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k;
        $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
    }

if ($case == 'de') {
        $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
    } else {
        $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
    }

return $cipher;
}

// ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.

/**
 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
 *
 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
 */
function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
    // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
    return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
}

/**
 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
 *
 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
 *      frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
 *      names like report_courselist_hook.
 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
 *      function. Defaults to lib.php.
 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
 *      and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
 */
function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
    global $CFG;

// We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
    $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);

if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
        return array();
    }

$allplugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);

// Reformat the array and include the files.
    $pluginfunctions = array();
    foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {

// Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
        if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {

$filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file;
            if (file_exists($filepath)) {
                include_once($filepath);

// Now that the file is loaded, we must verify the function still exists.
                if (function_exists($functionname)) {
                    $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
                } else {
                    // Invalidate the cache for next run.
                    \cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'plugin_functions');
                }
            }
        }
    }

return $pluginfunctions;
}

/**
 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
 *
 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
 *      frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
 *      names like report_courselist_hook.
 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
 *      function. Defaults to lib.php.
 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
 * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated lib.php callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
 */
function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
    global $CFG;

if (during_initial_install() || isset($CFG->upgraderunning)) {
        // API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade.
        return [];
    }

$plugincallback = $function;
    $filtermigrated = function($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions): array {
        foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
            foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $unusedfunction) {
                $component = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin;
                if ($hooks = di::get(hook\manager::class)->get_hooks_deprecating_plugin_callback($plugincallback)) {
                    if (di::get(hook\manager::class)->is_deprecating_hook_present($component, $plugincallback)) {
                        // Ignore the old callback, it is there only for older Moodle versions.
                        unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
                    } else {
                        $hookmessage = count($hooks) == 1 ? reset($hooks) : 'one of  ' . implode(', ', $hooks);
                        debugging(
                            "Callback $plugincallback in $component component should be migrated to new " .
                                "hook callback for $hookmessage",
                            DEBUG_DEVELOPER
                        );
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        return $pluginfunctions;
    };

$cache = \cache::make('core', 'plugin_functions');

// Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
    // Clean the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
    $pluginfunctions = false;
    if (!empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
        $key = $CFG->allversionshash . '_' . $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
        $pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key);
    }
    $dirty = false;

// Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed.
    $pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager::instance();

if ($pluginfunctions !== false) {

// Checking that the files are still available.
        foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {

$allplugins = \core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
            $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
            foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $function) {
                if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
                    // Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed.
                    $dirty = true;
                    break 2;
                }

// Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
                if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
                    $dirty = true;
                    break 2;
                }

$fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
                if ($include && $fileexists) {
                    // Include the files if it was requested.
                    include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
                } else if (!$fileexists) {
                    // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
                    $dirty = true;
                    break 2;
                }

// Check if the function still exists in the file.
                if ($include && !function_exists($function)) {
                    $dirty = true;
                    break 2;
                }
            }
        }

// If the cache is dirty, we should fall through and let it rebuild.
        if (!$dirty) {
            if ($migratedtohook && $file === 'lib.php') {
                $pluginfunctions = $filtermigrated($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions);
            }
            return $pluginfunctions;
        }
    }

$pluginfunctions = array();

// To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
    $plugintypes = \core_component::get_plugin_types();
    foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {

// We need to include files here.
        $pluginswithfile = \core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
        $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
        foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {

if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
                continue;
            }

$fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;

$pluginfunction = false;
            if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
                // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
                $pluginfunction = $fullfunction;

} else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
                // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
                $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
                if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
                    $pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
                }
            }

if ($pluginfunction) {
                if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
                    $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
                }
                $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
            }

}
    }
    if (!empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
        $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
    }

if ($migratedtohook && $file === 'lib.php') {
        $pluginfunctions = $filtermigrated($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions);
    }

return $pluginfunctions;

}

/**
 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
 *
 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
 *
 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
 *
 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
 */
function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
    global $CFG;

$plugins = array();

if (empty($basedir)) {
        $basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory;

} else {
        $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
    }

if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) {
        // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
        // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!

$subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types();
        if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
            debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        }
        unset($subtypes);
    }

$ignorelist = array_flip(array_filter([
        'CVS',
        '_vti_cnf',
        'amd',
        'classes',
        'simpletest',
        'tests',
        'templates',
        'yui',
        $exclude,
    ]));

if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
        if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
            debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
            return array();
        }
        while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
            if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0) {
                // Ignore directories starting with .
                // These are treated as hidden directories.
                continue;
            }
            if (array_key_exists($dir, $ignorelist)) {
                // This directory features on the ignore list.
                continue;
            }
            if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
                continue;
            }
            $plugins[] = $dir;
        }
        closedir($dirhandle);
    }
    if ($plugins) {
        asort($plugins);
    }
    return $plugins;
}

/**
 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
 *
 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
 * @param string $name plugin name
 * @param string $feature feature name
 * @param string $action feature's action
 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
 * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
 * @return mixed
 *
 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
 */
function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
    return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default, $migratedtohook);
}

/**
 * Invoke component's callback functions
 *
 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
 * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
 * @return mixed
 */
function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
    $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);

if ($functionname) {
        if ($migratedtohook) {
            $hookmanager = di::get(hook\manager::class);
            if ($hooks = $hookmanager->get_hooks_deprecating_plugin_callback($function)) {
                if ($hookmanager->is_deprecating_hook_present($component, $function)) {
                    // Do not call the old lib.php callback,
                    // it is there for compatibility with older Moodle versions only.
                    return null;
                } else {
                    $hookmessage = count($hooks) == 1 ? reset($hooks) : 'one of  ' . implode(', ', $hooks);
                    debugging(
                        "Callback $function in $component component should be migrated to new hook callback for $hookmessage",
                        DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
                }
            }
        }

// Function exists, so just return function result.
        $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
        if (is_null($ret)) {
            return $default;
        } else {
            return $ret;
        }
    }
    return $default;
}

/**
 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
 * called directly.
 *
 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
 */
function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
    global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.

$cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT);
    if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
    }
    $component = $cleancomponent;

list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component);
    $component = $type . '_' . $name;

$oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
    $function = $component.'_'.$function;

$dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component);
    if (empty($dir)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
    }

// Load library and look for function.
    if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
        require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
    }

if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
        if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
            debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
        }
        $function = $oldfunction;
    }

if (function_exists($function)) {
        return $function;
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * Call the specified callback method on the provided class.
 *
 * If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead.
 * If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned.
 *
 * @param   string      $classname The name of the class to call upon.
 * @param   string      $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class.
 * @param   array       $params The arguments to pass into the method.
 * @param   mixed       $default The default value.
 * @param   bool        $migratedtohook True if the callback has been migrated to a hook.
 * @return  mixed       The return value.
 */
function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
    if (!class_exists($classname)) {
        return $default;
    }

if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) {
        return $default;
    }

$fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname;

if ($migratedtohook) {
        $functionparts = explode('\\', trim($fullfunction, '\\'));
        $component = $functionparts[0];
        $callback = end($functionparts);
        $hookmanager = di::get(hook\manager::class);
        if ($hooks = $hookmanager->get_hooks_deprecating_plugin_callback($callback)) {
            if ($hookmanager->is_deprecating_hook_present($component, $callback)) {
                // Do not call the old class callback,
                // it is there for compatibility with older Moodle versions only.
                return null;
            } else {
                $hookmessage = count($hooks) == 1 ? reset($hooks) : 'one of  ' . implode(', ', $hooks);
                debugging("Callback $callback in $component component should be migrated to new hook callback for $hookmessage",
                        DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
            }
        }
    }

$result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params);

if (null === $result) {
        return $default;
    } else {
        return $result;
    }
}

/**
 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
 *
 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
 *         otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
 * @throws coding_exception
 */
function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
    global $CFG;

if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
        // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
        return false;
    }

$component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT);
    if (empty($component)) {
        throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
    }

$function = null;

if ($type === 'mod') {
        // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
        // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
        if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
            include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
            $function = $component.'_supports';
            if (!function_exists($function)) {
                // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
                $function = $name.'_supports';
            }
        }

} else {
        if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
            // Non existent plugin type.
            return false;
        }
        if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
            include_once("$path/lib.php");
            $function = $component.'_supports';
        }
    }

if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
        $supports = $function($feature);
        if (is_null($supports)) {
            // Plugin does not know - use default.
            return $default;
        } else {
            return $supports;
        }
    }

// Plugin does not care, so use default.
    return $default;
}

/**
 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
 *
 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
 *
 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
 * @return bool
 */
function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
    return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
}

/**
 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
 *
 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
 * if there are any mismatches.
 *
 * @param bool $checkupgradeflag check the outagelessupgrade flag to see if an upgrade is running.
 * @return bool
 */
function moodle_needs_upgrading($checkupgradeflag = true) {
    global $CFG, $DB;

// Say no if there is already an upgrade running.
    if ($checkupgradeflag) {
        $lock = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', ['name' => 'outagelessupgrade']);
        $currentprocessrunningupgrade = (defined('CLI_UPGRADE_RUNNING') && CLI_UPGRADE_RUNNING);
        // If we ARE locked, but this PHP process is NOT the process running the upgrade,
        // We should always return false.
        // This means the upgrade is running from CLI somewhere, or about to.
        if (!empty($lock) && !$currentprocessrunningupgrade) {
            return false;
        }
    }

if (empty($CFG->version)) {
        return true;
    }

// There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
    // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
    // every upgrade.

if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
        return true;
    }

$hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash();

return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash);
}

/**
 * Returns the major version of this site
 *
 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
 * the main version.php.
 *
 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
 */
function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
    global $CFG;

if ($fromdisk) {
        $release = null;
        require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
        if (empty($release)) {
            return false;
        }

} else {
        if (empty($CFG->release)) {
            return false;
        }
        $release = $CFG->release;
    }

if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
        return $matches[0];
    } else {
        return false;
    }
}

// MISCELLANEOUS.

/**
 * Gets the system locale
 *
 * @return string Retuns the current locale.
 */
function moodle_getlocale() {
    global $CFG;

// Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
    if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
        $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
    } else {
        $stringtofetch = 'locale';
    }

if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
        return $CFG->locale;
    }

return get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
}

/**
 * Sets the system locale
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
 */
function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
    global $CFG;

static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.

$oldlocale = $currentlocale;

// The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
    if (!empty($locale)) {
        $currentlocale = $locale;
    } else {
        $currentlocale = moodle_getlocale();
    }

// Do nothing if locale already set up.
    if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
        return;
    }

// Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
    // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
    // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.

// Get current values.
    $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0);
    $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0);
    $ctype   = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0);
    if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
        $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0);
    }
    // Set locale to all.
    $result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale);
    // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
    // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
    if ($result === false) {
        if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
            $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
            setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
        } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
            $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
            setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
        }
    }
    // Set old values.
    setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary);
    setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric);
    if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
        setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages);
    }
    if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
        // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
        setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype);
    }
}

/**
 * Count words in a string.
 *
 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words. May be HTML.
 * @param int|null $format
 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
 */
function count_words($string, $format = null) {
    // Before stripping tags, add a space after the close tag of anything that is not obviously inline.
    // Also, br is a special case because it definitely delimits a word, but has no close tag.
    $string = preg_replace('~
            (                                   # Capture the tag we match.
                </                              # Start of close tag.
                (?!                             # Do not match any of these specific close tag names.
                    a> | b> | del> | em> | i> |
                    ins> | s> | small> | span> |
                    strong> | sub> | sup> | u>
                )
                \w+                             # But, apart from those execptions, match any tag name.
                >                               # End of close tag.
            |
                <br> | <br\s*/>                 # Special cases that are not close tags.
            )
            ~x', '$1 ', $string); // Add a space after the close tag.
    if ($format !== null && $format != FORMAT_PLAIN) {
        // Match the usual text cleaning before display.
        // Ideally we should apply multilang filter only here, other filters might add extra text.
        $string = format_text($string, $format, ['filter' => false, 'noclean' => false, 'para' => false]);
    }
    // Now remove HTML tags.
    $string = strip_tags($string);
    // Decode HTML entities.
    $string = html_entity_decode($string, ENT_COMPAT);

// Now, the word count is the number of blocks of characters separated
    // by any sort of space. That seems to be the definition used by all other systems.
    // To be precise about what is considered to separate words:
    // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Separator'
    // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Control character'
    // * An em- or en- dash.
    return count(preg_split('~[\p{Z}\p{Cc}—–]+~u', $string, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY));
}

/**
 * Count letters in a string.
 *
 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters. May be HTML.
 * @param int|null $format
 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
 */
function count_letters($string, $format = null) {
    if ($format !== null && $format != FORMAT_PLAIN) {
        // Match the usual text cleaning before display.
        // Ideally we should apply multilang filter only here, other filters might add extra text.
        $string = format_text($string, $format, ['filter' => false, 'noclean' => false, 'para' => false]);
    }
    $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
    $string = html_entity_decode($string, ENT_COMPAT);
    $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.

return core_text::strlen($string);
}

/**
 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
 *
 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
 * @return string
 */
function random_string($length=15) {
    $randombytes = random_bytes($length);
    $pool  = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
    $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
    $pool .= '0123456789';
    $poollen = strlen($pool);
    $string = '';
    for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
        $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
        $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%($poollen)), 1);
    }
    return $string;
}

/**
 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
 *
 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
 *
 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
 * @return string
 */
function complex_random_string($length=null) {
    $pool  = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
    $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
    $poollen = strlen($pool);
    if ($length===null) {
        $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
    }
    $randombytes = random_bytes($length);
    $string = '';
    for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
        $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
        $string .= $pool[($rand%$poollen)];
    }
    return $string;
}

/**
 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
 *
 * @category string
 * @param string $text text to be shortened
 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
 * @return string $truncate shortened string
 */
function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
    // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
    if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
        return $text;
    }

// Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
    // and only tag in its 'line'.
    preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER);

$totallength = core_text::strlen($ending);
    $truncate = '';

// This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
    // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
    // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
    // (byte position in truncated text).
    $tagdetails = array();

foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
        // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
        if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
            // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
            if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
                if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
                    // Record closing tag.
                    $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
                            'open' => false,
                            'tag'  => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
                            'pos'  => core_text::strlen($truncate),
                        );

} else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
                    // Record opening tag.
                    $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
                            'open' => true,
                            'tag'  => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
                            'pos'  => core_text::strlen($truncate),
                        );
                } else if (preg_match('/^$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
                    $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
                            'open' => false,
                            'tag'  => core_text::strtolower('if'),
                            'pos'  => core_text::strlen($truncate),
                    );
                }
            }
            // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
            $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
        }

// Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
        $contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
        if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) {
            // The number of characters which are left.
            $left = $ideal - $totallength;
            $entitieslength = 0;
            // Search for html entities.
            if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) {
                // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
                foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
                    if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
                        $left--;
                        $entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]);
                    } else {
                        // No more characters left.
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
            $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;

// If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
            if (!$exact) {
                // Search the last occurence of a space.
                for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
                    if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
                        if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
                            $breakpos += 1;
                            break;
                        } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
                            // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
                            $breakpos += 1;
                            break;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            if ($breakpos == 0) {
                // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
                $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
            } else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) {
                // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
                $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
            }

$truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
            // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
            break;
        } else {
            $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
            $totallength += $contentlength;
        }

// If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
        if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
            break;
        }
    }

// Add the defined ending to the text.
    $truncate .= $ending;

// Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
    $opentags = array();
    foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
        if ($taginfo->open) {
            // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
            array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag);
        } else {
            // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
            $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true));
            if ($pos !== false) {
                unset($opentags[$pos]);
            }
        }
    }

// Close all unclosed html-tags.
    foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
        if ($tag === 'if') {
            $truncate .= '';
        } else {
            $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
        }
    }

return $truncate;
}

/**
 * Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
 * When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size.
 * Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this.
 *
 * @param string $filename file name
 * @param int $length ideal string length
 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
 * @return string $shortened shortened file name
 */
function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
    $shortened = $filename;
    // Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length.
    if (core_text::strlen($filename) > $length) {
        // Exclude extension if present in filename.
        $mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array();
        $extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION);
        if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) {
            $basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME);
            $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10);
            $shortened = core_text::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
            $shortened .= '.' . $extension;
        } else {
            $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10);
            $shortened = core_text::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
        }
    }
    return $shortened;
}

/**
 * Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
 *
 * @param array $path The paths to reduce the length.
 * @param int $length Ideal string length
 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
 * @return array $result Shortened paths in array.
 */
function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
    $result = null;

$result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) {
        $carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash);
        return $carry;
    }, []);

return $result;
}

/**
 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
 *
 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
 * @return string
 */
function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
    if ($thedate < $startdate) {
        return 0;
    }

return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1;
}

/**
 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen.  inspired by
 *
 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
 *
 * @param int $maxlen  The maximum size of the password being generated.
 * @return string
 */
function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
    global $CFG;

if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
        $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
        $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist);
        $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
        $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
        $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
        $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
    } else {
        $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0;
        $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits;
        $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower;
        $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper;
        $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum;
        $total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum;
        // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
        $minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen;
        // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
        $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen;
        $additional = $maxlen - $total;

// Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
        // complexity requirements.
        $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
        while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
            $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS;
        }
        $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER;
        while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
            $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER;
        }
        $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER;
        while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
            $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER;
        }
        $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
        while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
            $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
        }

// Now mix and shuffle it all.
        $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
                                 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
                                 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
                                 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
                                 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
                                                     $passwordupper .
                                                     $passworddigits .
                                                     $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
    }

return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
}

/**
 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
 *
 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
 *
 * @param float $float The float to print
 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print. -1 is a special value for auto detect (full precision).
 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point. It will be ignored and the trailing zeros after
 *                         the decimal point are always striped if $decimalpoints is -1.
 * @return string locale float
 */
function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
    if (is_null($float)) {
        return '';
    }
    if ($localized) {
        $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
    } else {
        $separator = '.';
    }
    if ($decimalpoints == -1) {
        // The following counts the number of decimals.
        // It is safe as both floatval() and round() functions have same behaviour when non-numeric values are provided.
        $floatval = floatval($float);
        for ($decimalpoints = 0; $floatval != round($float, $decimalpoints); $decimalpoints++);
    }

$result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
    if ($stripzeros && $decimalpoints > 0) {
        // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
        // However, only do this if there is a decimal point!
        $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator, '~') . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
    }
    return $result;
}

/**
 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
 *
 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
 */
function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
    $localefloat = trim((string)$localefloat);

if ($localefloat == '') {
        return null;
    }

$localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
    $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);

if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
        return false;
    }

return (float)$localefloat;
}

/**
 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
 *
 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
 * @return array
 */
function swapshuffle($array) {

$last = count($array) - 1;
    for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) {
        $from = rand(0, $last);
        $curr = $array[$i];
        $array[$i] = $array[$from];
        $array[$from] = $curr;
    }
    return $array;
}

/**
 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
 *
 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
 * @return array
 */
function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {

$newarray = array();
    $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));

foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
        $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
    }
    return $newarray;
}

/**
 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
 * this function returns an array with that amount
 * of items.  The indexes are retained.
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function
 *
 * @param array $array
 * @param int $draws
 * @return array
 */
function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {

$return = array();

$last = count($array);

if ($draws > $last) {
        $draws = $last;
    }

while ($draws > 0) {
        $last--;

$keys = array_keys($array);
        $rand = rand(0, $last);

$return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
        unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);

$draws--;
    }

return $return;
}

/**
 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
 *
 * @param string $a The first Microtime
 * @param string $b The second Microtime
 * @return string
 */
function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
    list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
    list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
    return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec;
}

/**
 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
 *
 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
 * @return array The now assembled array
 */
function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {

$array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
    foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
        $outarray[$key+1] = trim($item);
    }
    return $outarray;
}

/**
 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
 *
 * Negative numbers
 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
 * grades.
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
 *
 * @param int $gradingtype
 * @return array
 */
function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
    global $DB;

$grades = array();
    if ($gradingtype < 0) {
        if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
            return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale);
        }
    } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
        for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
            $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
        }
        return $grades;
    }
    return $grades;
}

/**
 * make_unique_id_code
 *
 * @todo Finish documenting this function
 *
 * @uses $_SERVER
 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
 * @return string
 */
function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {

$hostname = 'unknownhost';
    if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
        $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
    } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
        $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
    } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
        $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
    } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
        $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
    }

$date = gmdate("ymdHis");

$random =  random_string(6);

if ($extra) {
        return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
    } else {
        return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
    }
}

/**
 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
 *
 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
 *   1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn          (number of bits in net mask)
 *   2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or  xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
 *   3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.                  (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
 *
 * @param string $addr    The address you are checking
 * @param string $subnetstr    The string of subnet addresses
 * @param bool $checkallzeros    The state to whether check for 0.0.0.0
 * @return bool
 */
function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr, $checkallzeros = false) {

if ($addr == '0.0.0.0' && !$checkallzeros) {
        return false;
    }
    $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
    $found = false;
    $addr = trim($addr);
    $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
    if ($addr === null) {
        return false;
    }
    $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);

$ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');

foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
        $subnet = trim($subnet);
        if ($subnet === '') {
            continue;
        }

if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
            // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
            list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
            $mask = trim($mask);
            if (!is_number($mask)) {
                continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
            }
            $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
            if ($ip === null) {
                continue;
            }
            if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
                // IPv6.
                if (!$ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
                    continue; // Nonsense.
                }
                if ($mask == 0) {
                    return true; // Any address.
                }
                if ($mask == 128) {
                    if ($ip === $addr) {
                        return true;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
                $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
                $modulo  = $mask % 16;
                $ipnet   = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
                $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
                if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
                    if ($modulo == 0) {
                        return true;
                    }
                    $pos     = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
                    $ipnet   = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
                    $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
                    $mask    = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
                    if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
                        return true;
                    }
                }

} else {
                // IPv4.
                if ($ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
                    continue; // Nonsense.
                }
                if ($mask == 0) {
                    return true;
                }
                if ($mask == 32) {
                    if ($ip === $addr) {
                        return true;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
                $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
                if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
                    return true;
                }
            }

} else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
            // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or  xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
            $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
            if (count($parts) != 2) {
                continue;
            }

if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
                // IPv6.
                if (!$ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
                if ($ipstart === null) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
                $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
                $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
                $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
                if ($ipend === null) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipparts[7] = '';
                $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
                if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
                $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);

$addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);

if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
                    return true;
                }

} else {
                // IPv4.
                if ($ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
                if ($ipstart === null) {
                    continue;
                }
                $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
                $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
                $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
                if ($ipend === null) {
                    continue;
                }

if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
                    return true;
                }
            }

} else {
            // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
            if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
                // IPv6.
                if (!$ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
                $count = count($parts);
                if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
                    unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
                    $count--;
                    $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
                }
                $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
                if ($isip !== null) {
                    if ($isip === $addr) {
                        return true;
                    }
                    continue;
                } else if ($count > 8) {
                    continue;
                }
                $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
                $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
                if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
                    return true;
                }

} else {
                // IPv4.
                if ($ipv6) {
                    continue;
                }
                $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
                $count = count($parts);
                if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
                    unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
                    $count--;
                    $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
                }
                if ($count == 4) {
                    $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
                    if ($subnet === $addr) {
                        return true;
                    }
                    continue;
                } else if ($count > 4) {
                    continue;
                }
                $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
                $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
                if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
                    return true;
                }
            }
        }
    }

return false;
}

/**
 * For outputting debugging info
 *
 * @param string $string The string to write
 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
 *                      This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
 */
function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
    global $CFG;

if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper)) {
        $fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper;
        $fn($string, $eol);
        return;
    } else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST && !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
        // We must explicitly call the add_line function here.
        // Uses of fwrite to STDOUT are not picked up by ob_start.
        if ($output = \core\task\logmanager::add_line("{$string}{$eol}")) {
            fwrite(STDOUT, $output);
        }
    } else {
        echo $string . $eol;
    }

// Flush again.
    flush();

// Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
    if ($sleep) {
        sleep($sleep);
    }
}

/**
 * Helper to {@see mtrace()} an exception or throwable, including all relevant information.
 *
 * @param Throwable $e the error to ouptput.
 */
function mtrace_exception(Throwable $e): void {
    $info = get_exception_info($e);

$message = $info->message;
    if ($info->debuginfo) {
        $message .= "\n\n" . $info->debuginfo;
    }
    if ($info->backtrace) {
        $message .= "\n\n" . format_backtrace($info->backtrace, true);
    }

mtrace($message);
}

/**
 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
 *
 * @param string $path The path to strip
 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
 */
function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
    return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
}

/**
 * Is the current ip in a given list?
 *
 * @param string $list
 * @return bool
 */
function remoteip_in_list($list) {
    $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);

if (!$clientip) {
        // Ensure access on cli.
        return true;
    }
    return \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($clientip, $list);
}

/**
 * Returns most reliable client address
 *
 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
 * @return string The remote IP address
 */
function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
    global $CFG;

if (!isset($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) {
        // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
        // user is redirected to the admin screen.
        $variablestoskip = GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT;
    } else {
        $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf;
    }
    if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) {
        if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
            $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
            return $address ? $address : $default;
        }
    }
    if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) {
        if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
            $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);

$forwardedaddresses = array_filter($forwardedaddresses, function($ip) {
                global $CFG;
                return !\core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($ip, $CFG->reverseproxyignore ?? '', ',');
            });

// Multiple proxies can append values to this header including an
            // untrusted original request header so we must only trust the last ip.
            $address = end($forwardedaddresses);

if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
                // Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
                if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
                    $address = $matches[1];
                }
            } else {
                // Remove port from IPv4.
                if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
                    $parts = explode(":", $address);
                    $address = $parts[0];
                }
            }

$address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
            return $address ? $address : $default;
        }
    }
    if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
        $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
        return $address ? $address : $default;
    } else {
        return $default;
    }
}

/**
 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
 *
 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
 */
function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
    $addr = trim($addr);

if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
        // Can be only IPv6.
        $parts = explode(':', $addr);
        $count = count($parts);

if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
            // Legacy ipv4 notation.
            $last = array_pop($parts);
            $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
            if ($ipv4 === null) {
                return null;
            }
            $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
            $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
            $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
            $count = count($parts);
            $addr = implode(':', $parts);
        }

if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
            return null; // Severly malformed.
        }

if ($count != 8) {
            if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
                return null; // Malformed.
            }
            // Uncompress.
            $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
            $missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0');
            array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
            foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
                if ($part === '') {
                    $parts[$key] = '0';
                }
            }
        }

$adr = implode(':', $parts);
        if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
            return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
        }

// Normalise 0s and case.
        $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
        $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);

$result = implode(':', $parts);

if (!$compress) {
            return $result;
        }

if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
            return '::'; // All addresses.
        }

$compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
        if ($compressed !== $result) {
            return $compressed;
        }

$compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
        if ($compressed !== $result) {
            return $compressed;
        }

$compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
        if ($compressed !== $result) {
            return $compressed;
        }

return $result;
    }

// First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
    $parts = array();
    if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
        return null;
    }
    unset($parts[0]);

foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
        if ($match > 255) {
            return null;
        }
        $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
    }

return implode('.', $parts);
}

/**
 * Is IP address a public address?
 *
 * @param string $ip The ip to check
 * @return bool true if the ip is public
 */
function ip_is_public($ip) {
    return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE));
}

/**
 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
 *
 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
 */
function fullclone($thing) {
    return unserialize(serialize($thing));
}

/**
 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
 *
 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
 *
 * @param int $min The minimum value
 * @param int $value The value to check
 * @param int $max The maximum value
 * @return int
 */
function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
    if ($value < $min) {
        return $min;
    }
    if ($value > $max) {
        return $max;
    }
    return $value;
}

/**
 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
 *
 * @param array $array
 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
 */
function array_is_nested($array) {
    foreach ($array as $value) {
        if (is_array($value)) {
            return true;
        }
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
 * separately as well.
 *
 * @return array
 */
function get_performance_info() {
    global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;

$info = array();
    $info['txt']  = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.

$info['html'] = '';
    if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode)) {
        // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
        $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
    }
    $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">';         // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.

$info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime());

$info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
    $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';

// GET/POST (or NULL if $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] is undefined) is useful for txt logged information.
    $info['txt'] .= 'method: ' . ($_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ?? "NULL") . ' ';

if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
        $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
        $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory;
        $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
        $info['txt']  .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
            $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
    }

if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
        $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
        $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
        $info['txt']  .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
    }

$info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">';
    $inc = get_included_files();
    $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
    $info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
    $info['txt']  .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';

if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) {
        // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
        return $info;
    }

$filtermanager = filter_manager::instance();
    if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
        list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
        $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
        foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
            $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
            $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
        }
    }

$stringmanager = get_string_manager();
    if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
        list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
        $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
        foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
            $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
            $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
        }
    }

$info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.$DB->perf_get_writes();
    $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
    $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';

if ($DB->want_read_slave()) {
        $info['dbreads_slave'] = $DB->perf_get_reads_slave();
        $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].'</li> ';
        $info['txt'] .= 'db reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].' ';
    }

$info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
    $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
    $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';

if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
        $ptimes = posix_times();
        if (is_array($ptimes)) {
            foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
                $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] -  $PERF->startposixtimes[$key];
            }
            $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]";
            $info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
            $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
        }
    }

// Grab the load average for the last minute.
    // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
    // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
    if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) {
        list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
        unset($loadavg);
    } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) {
        if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
            $serverload = $matches[1];
        } else {
            trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
        }
    }
    if (!empty($serverload)) {
        $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
        $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
        $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
    }

// Display size of session if session started.
    if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) {
        $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
        $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>";
        $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
    }

// Display time waiting for session if applicable.
    if (!empty($PERF->sessionlock['wait'])) {
        $sessionwait = number_format($PERF->sessionlock['wait'], 3) . ' secs';
        $info['html'] .= html_writer::tag('li', 'Session wait: ' . $sessionwait, [
            'class' => 'sessionwait col-sm-4'
        ]);
        $info['txt'] .= 'sessionwait: ' . $sessionwait . ' ';
    }

$info['html'] .= '</ul>';
    $html = '';
    if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) {

$table = new html_table();
        $table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
        $table->head = ['Mode', 'Cache item', 'Static', 'H', 'M', get_string('mappingprimary', 'cache'), 'H', 'M', 'S', 'I/O'];
        $table->data = [];
        $table->align = ['left', 'left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right', 'right'];

$text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
        $hits = 0;
        $misses = 0;
        $sets = 0;
        $maxstores = 0;

// We want to align static caches into their own column.
        $hasstatic = false;
        foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
            $numstores = count($details['stores']);
            $first = key($details['stores']);
            if ($first !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
                $numstores++; // Add a blank space for the missing static store.
            }
            $maxstores = max($maxstores, $numstores);
        }

$storec = 0;

while ($storec++ < ($maxstores - 2)) {
            if ($storec == ($maxstores - 2)) {
                $table->head[] = get_string('mappingfinal', 'cache');
            } else {
                $table->head[] = "Store $storec";
            }
            $table->align[] = 'left';
            $table->align[] = 'right';
            $table->align[] = 'right';
            $table->align[] = 'right';
            $table->align[] = 'right';
            $table->head[] = 'H';
            $table->head[] = 'M';
            $table->head[] = 'S';
            $table->head[] = 'I/O';
        }

ksort($stats);

foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
            switch ($details['mode']) {
                case cache_store::MODE_APPLICATION:
                    $modeclass = 'application';
                    $mode = ' <span title="application cache">App</span>';
                    break;
                case cache_store::MODE_SESSION:
                    $modeclass = 'session';
                    $mode = ' <span title="session cache">Ses</span>';
                    break;
                case cache_store::MODE_REQUEST:
                    $modeclass = 'request';
                    $mode = ' <span title="request cache">Req</span>';
                    break;
            }
            $row = [$mode, $definition];

$text .= "$definition {";

$storec = 0;
            foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {

if ($storec == 0 && $store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
                    $row[] = '';
                    $row[] = '';
                    $row[] = '';
                    $storec++;
                }

$hits   += $data['hits'];
                $misses += $data['misses'];
                $sets   += $data['sets'];
                if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
                    $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
                } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
                    $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
                } else {
                    $cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
                }
                $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
                $cell = new html_table_cell($store);
                $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
                $row[] = $cell;
                $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
                $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
                $row[] = $cell;
                $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
                $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
                $row[] = $cell;

if ($store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
                    // The static cache is never set.
                    $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
                    $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
                    $row[] = $cell;

if ($data['hits'] || $data['sets']) {
                        if ($data['iobytes'] === cache_store::IO_BYTES_NOT_SUPPORTED) {
                            $size = '-';
                        } else {
                            $size = display_size($data['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
                            if ($data['iobytes'] >= 10 * 1024) {
                                $cachestoreclass = ' bg-warning text-dark';
                            }
                        }
                    } else {
                        $size = '';
                    }
                    $cell = new html_table_cell($size);
                    $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
                    $row[] = $cell;
                }
                $storec++;
            }
            while ($storec++ < $maxstores) {
                $row[] = '';
                $row[] = '';
                $row[] = '';
                $row[] = '';
                $row[] = '';
            }
            $text .= '} ';

$table->data[] = $row;
        }

$html .= html_writer::table($table);

// Now lets also show sub totals for each cache store.
        $storetotals = [];
        $storetotal = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0, 'iobytes' => 0];
        foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
            foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
                if (!array_key_exists($store, $storetotals)) {
                    $storetotals[$store] = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0, 'iobytes' => 0];
                }
                $storetotals[$store]['class']   = $data['class'];
                $storetotals[$store]['hits']   += $data['hits'];
                $storetotals[$store]['misses'] += $data['misses'];
                $storetotals[$store]['sets']   += $data['sets'];
                $storetotal['hits']   += $data['hits'];
                $storetotal['misses'] += $data['misses'];
                $storetotal['sets']   += $data['sets'];
                if ($data['iobytes'] !== cache_store::IO_BYTES_NOT_SUPPORTED) {
                    $storetotals[$store]['iobytes'] += $data['iobytes'];
                    $storetotal['iobytes'] += $data['iobytes'];
                }
            }
        }

$table = new html_table();
        $table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
        $table->head = [get_string('storename', 'cache'), get_string('type_cachestore', 'plugin'), 'H', 'M', 'S', 'I/O'];
        $table->data = [];
        $table->align = ['left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right', 'right'];

ksort($storetotals);

foreach ($storetotals as $store => $data) {
            $row = [];
            if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
                $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
            } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
                $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
            } else {
                $cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
            }
            $cell = new html_table_cell($store);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            $cell = new html_table_cell($data['class']);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            if ($data['hits'] || $data['sets']) {
                if ($data['iobytes']) {
                    $size = display_size($data['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
                } else {
                    $size = '-';
                }
            } else {
                $size = '';
            }
            $cell = new html_table_cell($size);
            $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
            $row[] = $cell;
            $table->data[] = $row;
        }
        if (!empty($storetotal['iobytes'])) {
            $size = display_size($storetotal['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
        } else if (!empty($storetotal['hits']) || !empty($storetotal['sets'])) {
            $size = '-';
        } else {
            $size = '';
        }
        $row = [
            get_string('total'),
            '',
            $storetotal['hits'],
            $storetotal['misses'],
            $storetotal['sets'],
            $size,
        ];
        $table->data[] = $row;

$html .= html_writer::table($table);

$info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
        $info['html'] .= $html;
        $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
    } else {
        $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
        $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
        $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
    }

// Display lock information if any.
    if (!empty($PERF->locks)) {
        $table = new html_table();
        $table->attributes['class'] = 'locktimings table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
        $table->head = ['Lock', 'Waited (s)', 'Obtained', 'Held for (s)'];
        $table->align = ['left', 'right', 'center', 'right'];
        $table->data = [];
        $text = 'Locks (waited/obtained/held):';
        foreach ($PERF->locks as $locktiming) {
            $row = [];
            $row[] = s($locktiming->type . '/' . $locktiming->resource);
            $text .= ' ' . $locktiming->type . '/' . $locktiming->resource . ' (';

// The time we had to wait to get the lock.
            $roundedtime = number_format($locktiming->wait, 1);
            $cell = new html_table_cell($roundedtime);
            if ($locktiming->wait > 0.5) {
                $cell->attributes = ['class' => 'bg-warning text-dark'];
            }
            $row[] = $cell;
            $text .= $roundedtime . '/';

// Show a tick or cross for success.
            $row[] = $locktiming->success ? '&#x2713;' : '&#x274c;';
            $text .= ($locktiming->success ? 'y' : 'n') . '/';

// If applicable, show how long we held the lock before releasing it.
            if (property_exists($locktiming, 'held')) {
                $roundedtime = number_format($locktiming->held, 1);
                $cell = new html_table_cell($roundedtime);
                if ($locktiming->held > 0.5) {
                    $cell->attributes = ['class' => 'bg-warning text-dark'];
                }
                $row[] = $cell;
                $text .= $roundedtime;
            } else {
                $row[] = '-';
                $text .= '-';
            }
            $text .= ')';

$table->data[] = $row;
        }
        $info['html'] .= html_writer::table($table);
        $info['txt'] .= $text . '. ';
    }

$info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid px-md-0 overflow-auto pt-3">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
    return $info;
}

/**
 * Renames a file or directory to a unique name within the same directory.
 *
 * This function is designed to avoid any potential race conditions, and select an unused name.
 *
 * @param string $filepath Original filepath
 * @param string $prefix Prefix to use for the temporary name
 * @return string|bool New file path or false if failed
 * @since Moodle 3.10
 */
function rename_to_unused_name(string $filepath, string $prefix = '_temp_') {
    $dir = dirname($filepath);
    $basename = $dir . '/' . $prefix;
    $limit = 0;
    while ($limit < 100) {
        // Select a new name based on a random number.
        $newfilepath = $basename . md5(mt_rand());

// Attempt a rename to that new name.
        if (@rename($filepath, $newfilepath)) {
            return $newfilepath;
        }

// The first time, do some sanity checks, maybe it is failing for a good reason and there
        // is no point trying 100 times if so.
        if ($limit === 0 && (!file_exists($filepath) || !is_writable($dir))) {
            return false;
        }
        $limit++;
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * Delete directory or only its content
 *
 * @param string $dir directory path
 * @param bool $contentonly
 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
 */
function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
    if (!is_dir($dir)) {
        // Nothing to do.
        return true;
    }

if (!$contentonly) {
        // Start by renaming the directory; this will guarantee that other processes don't write to it
        // while it is in the process of being deleted.
        $tempdir = rename_to_unused_name($dir);
        if ($tempdir) {
            // If the rename was successful then delete the $tempdir instead.
            $dir = $tempdir;
        }
        // If the rename fails, we will continue through and attempt to delete the directory
        // without renaming it since that is likely to at least delete most of the files.
    }

if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
        return false;
    }
    $result = true;
    while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
        if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
            if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
                $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
            } else {
                $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
            }
        }
    }
    closedir($handle);
    if ($contentonly) {
        clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
        return $result;
    }
    $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
    clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
    return $result;
}

/**
 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
 *
 * @param mixed $obj Name of class or real object to test
 * @param string $property name of property to find
 * @return bool true if property exists
 */
function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
    if (is_string( $obj )) {
        $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
    } else {
        $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
    }
    return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
}

/**
 * Converts an object into an associative array
 *
 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
 *
 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
 *
 * @param mixed $var
 * @return array
 */
function convert_to_array($var) {
    $result = array();

// Loop over elements/properties.
    foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
        // Recursively convert objects.
        if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) {
            $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
        } else {
            // Simple values are untouched.
            $result[$key] = $value;
        }
    }
    return $result;
}

/**
 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
 * replace an existing moodle script
 *
 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
 */
function custom_script_path() {
    global $CFG, $SCRIPT;

if ($SCRIPT === null) {
        // Probably some weird external script.
        return false;
    }

$scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT;

// Check the custom script exists.
    if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
        return $scriptpath;
    } else {
        return false;
    }
}

/**
 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
 *
 * @param object $user A valid user object
 * @return bool        True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
 */
function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
    global $CFG;

if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
        include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
        $env = new mnet_environment();
        $env->init();
        unset($env);
    }

return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id);
}

/**
 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
 */
function setup_lang_from_browser() {
    global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;

if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) {
        // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
        return;
    }

if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
        return;
    }

// Extract and clean langs from headers.
    $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
    $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs);         // We are using underscores.
    $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs);                  // Convert to array.
    $langs = array();

$order = 1.0;
    foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
        if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
            $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
            $order = $order-0.01;
        } else {
            $parts = explode(';', $lang);
            $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
            $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0];
        }
    }
    krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC);

// Look for such langs under standard locations.
    foreach ($langs as $lang) {
        // Clean it properly for include.
        $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR));
        if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
            // If the translation for this language exists then try to set it
            // for the rest of the session, if this is a read only session then
            // we can only set it temporarily in $CFG.
            if (defined('READ_ONLY_SESSION') && !empty($CFG->enable_read_only_sessions)) {
                $CFG->lang = $lang;
            } else {
                $SESSION->lang = $lang;
            }
            // We have finished. Go out.
            break;
        }
    }
    return;
}

/**
 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
 *
 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
 *
 * @param string $url url to check
 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
 */
function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
    global $CFG;

// Sanity check.
    if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) {
        return false;
    }

// Get the host part out of the url.
    if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) {
        return false;
    }

// Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
    $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass );

// Check for a exact match on the IP or in the domains.
    $isdomaininallowedlist = \core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list($host, $matches);
    $isipinsubnetlist = \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($host, $CFG->proxybypass, ',');

if ($isdomaininallowedlist || $isipinsubnetlist) {
        return true;
    }

// Nothing matched.
    return false;
}

/**
 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
 *
 * @param mixed $navigation
 * @return bool true for yes false for no
 */
function is_newnav($navigation) {
    if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
        return true;
    } else {
        return false;
    }
}

/**
 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
 *
 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
 *
 * @param string $var The variable name
 * @param object $object The object to check
 * @return boolean
 */
function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
    $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
    $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
    return in_array($var, $classvars);
}

/**
 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
 *
 * @param array $array
 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
 * @return array
 */
function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
    $duplicatekeys = array();
    $tmp         = array();

foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
        // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
        if (is_object($val)) {
            $val = (array)$val;
        }

if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
            $tmp[] = $val;
        } else {
            $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
        }
    }

foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
        unset($array[$key]);
    }

return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array);
}

/**
 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
 *
 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
 * @return boolean
 */
function is_primary_admin($userid) {
    $primaryadmin =  get_admin();

if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) {
        return true;
    } else {
        return false;
    }
}

/**
 * Returns the site identifier
 *
 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
 */
function get_site_identifier() {
    global $CFG;
    // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
    if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
        set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
    }
    // Return it.
    return $CFG->siteidentifier;
}

/**
 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
 * number of consecutive identical characters.
 *
 * @param string $password   password to be checked against the password policy
 * @param integer $maxchars  maximum number of consecutive identical characters
 * @return bool
 */
function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {

if ($maxchars < 1) {
        return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
    }
    if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
        return true; // Too short to fail this test.
    }

$previouschar = '';
    $consecutivecount = 1;
    foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
        if ($char != $previouschar) {
            $consecutivecount = 1;
        } else {
            $consecutivecount++;
            if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
                return false; // Check failed already.
            }
        }

$previouschar = $char;
    }

return true;
}

/**
 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
 *
 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
 *     or
 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
 *     or even
 * $obj = new someclass();
 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
 *
 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
 *
 * @param mixed $function a php callback
 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
 * @return array Array callback
 */
function partial() {
    if (!class_exists('partial')) {
        /**
         * Used to manage function binding.
         * @copyright  2009 Penny Leach
         * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
         */
        class partial{
            /** @var array */
            public $values = array();
            /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
            public $func;
            /**
             * Constructor
             * @param string $func
             * @param array $args
             */
            public function __construct($func, $args) {
                $this->values = $args;
                $this->func = $func;
            }
            /**
             * Calls the callback function.
             * @return mixed
             */
            public function method() {
                $args = func_get_args();
                return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args));
            }
        }
    }
    $args = func_get_args();
    $func = array_shift($args);
    $p = new partial($func, $args);
    return array($p, 'method');
}

/**
 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
 *
 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
 */
function get_mnet_environment() {
    global $CFG;
    require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
    static $instance = null;
    if (empty($instance)) {
        $instance = new mnet_environment();
        $instance->init();
    }
    return $instance;
}

/**
 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
 *
 * @return mnet_remote_client|false the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
 */
function get_mnet_remote_client() {
    if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
        debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
        return false;
    }
    global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
    if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
        return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
    }
    return false;
}

/**
 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
 *
 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
 * @throws moodle_exception
 */
function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
    if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
        throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
    }
    global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
    $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
}

/**
 * return the jump url for a given remote user
 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
 *
 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
 */
function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
    global $CFG;

static $mnetjumps = array();
    if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) {
        $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid);
        $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid);
        $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl=';
    }
    return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid];
}

/**
 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
 *
 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
 */
function get_home_page() {
    global $CFG;

if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) {
        // If dashboard is disabled, home will be set to default page.
        $defaultpage = get_default_home_page();
        if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
            if (!empty($CFG->enabledashboard)) {
                return HOMEPAGE_MY;
            } else {
                return $defaultpage;
            }
        } else if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES) {
            return HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES;
        } else {
            $userhomepage = (int) get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', $defaultpage);
            if (empty($CFG->enabledashboard) && $userhomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
                // If the user was using the dashboard but it's disabled, return the default home page.
                $userhomepage = $defaultpage;
            }
            return $userhomepage;
        }
    }
    return HOMEPAGE_SITE;
}

/**
 * Returns the default home page to display if current one is not defined or can't be applied.
 * The default behaviour is to return Dashboard if it's enabled or My courses page if it isn't.
 *
 * @return int The default home page.
 */
function get_default_home_page(): int {
    global $CFG;

return (!isset($CFG->enabledashboard) || $CFG->enabledashboard) ? HOMEPAGE_MY : HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES;
}

/**
 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
 * @param stdClass|core_course_list_element $course Moodle course object
 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
 */
function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
    global $CFG;
    if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) {
        if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) {
            $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
        }
        return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
    } else {
        return $course->fullname;
    }
}

/**
 * Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays
 *
 * Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed.
 *
 * @param string $expression
 * @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible.
 */
function unserialize_array($expression) {

// Check the expression is an array.
    if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):/', $expression)) {
        return false;
    }

$values = (array) unserialize_object($expression);

// Callback that returns true if the given value is an unserialized object, executes recursively.
    $invalidvaluecallback = static function($value) use (&$invalidvaluecallback): bool {
        if (is_array($value)) {
            return (bool) array_filter($value, $invalidvaluecallback);
        }
        return ($value instanceof stdClass) || ($value instanceof __PHP_Incomplete_Class);
    };

// Iterate over the result to ensure there are no stray objects.
    if (array_filter($values, $invalidvaluecallback)) {
        return false;
    }

return $values;
}

/**
 * Safe method for unserializing given input that is expected to contain only a serialized instance of an stdClass object
 *
 * If any class type other than stdClass is included in the input string, it will not be instantiated and will be cast to an
 * stdClass object. The initial cast to array, then back to object is to ensure we are always returning the correct type,
 * otherwise we would return an instances of {@see __PHP_Incomplete_class} for malformed strings
 *
 * @param string $input
 * @return stdClass
 */
function unserialize_object(string $input): stdClass {
    $instance = (array) unserialize($input, ['allowed_classes' => [stdClass::class]]);
    return (object) $instance;
}

/**
 * The lang_string class
 *
 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
 *
 * How to use the lang_string class?
 *     There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
 *     forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
 *     The following are examples of both.
 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
 *     $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
 *     $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
 * 2. Direct instantiation
 *     $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
 *     $string = new lang_string('yes');
 *
 * How do I use a lang_string object?
 *     The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
 *     are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
 *     This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
 *     echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
 *     The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
 *     lang_strings out method e.g.
 *         $string = new lang_string('yes');
 *         $string->out();
 *     Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
 *     allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
 *
 * When should I use a lang_string object?
 *     The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
 *     string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
 *     The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
 *     used.
 *     A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
 *     not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
 *     what they will do ;))
 *
 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
 *     Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
 *     There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
 *     advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
 *     instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
 *     that.
 *
 * Limitations:
 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
 *     result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
 *
 * @package    core
 * @category   string
 * @copyright  2011 Sam Hemelryk
 * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
 */
class lang_string {

/** @var string The strings identifier */
    protected $identifier;
    /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
    protected $component = '';
    /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
    protected $a = null;
    /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
    protected $lang = null;

/** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
    protected $string = null;

/**
     * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
     * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
     * @var bool
     */
    protected $forcedstring = false;

/**
     * Constructs a lang_string object
     *
     * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
     * performance for strings that won't be used.
     *
     * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
     * @param string $component The strings component
     * @param stdClass|array|mixed $a Any arguments the string requires
     * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
     * @throws coding_exception
     */
    public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
        if (empty($component)) {
            $component = 'moodle';
        }

$this->identifier = $identifier;
        $this->component = $component;
        $this->lang = $lang;

// We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
        // changes are not carried across.
        // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
        // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
        if ($a !== null) {
            if (is_scalar($a)) {
                $this->a = $a;
            } else if ($a instanceof lang_string) {
                $this->a = $a->out();
            } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
                $a = (array)$a;
                $this->a = array();
                foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
                    // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
                    if (is_array($value)) {
                        $this->a[$key] = '';
                    } else if (is_object($value)) {
                        if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
                            $this->a[$key] = $value->__toString();
                        } else {
                            $this->a[$key] = '';
                        }
                    } else {
                        $this->a[$key] = (string)$value;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) {
            if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') {
                throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
            }
            if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') {
                throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
            }
            if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) {
                debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
            }
        }
    }

/**
     * Processes the string.
     *
     * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
     * and then returns it.
     * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
     * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
     * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
     * compatibility.
     *
     * @return string
     * @throws coding_exception
     */
    protected function get_string() {
        global $CFG;

// Check if we need to process the string.
        if ($this->string === null) {
            // Check the quality of the identifier.
            if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
                throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
            }

// Process the string.
            $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang);
            // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
            if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
                $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}';
            }
        }
        // Return the string.
        return $this->string;
    }

/**
     * Returns the string
     *
     * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
     * @return string
     */
    public function out($lang = null) {
        if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) {
            if ($this->forcedstring) {
                debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
                return $this->get_string();
            }
            $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang);
            return $translatedstring->out();
        }
        return $this->get_string();
    }

/**
     * Magic __toString method for printing a string
     *
     * @return string
     */
    public function __toString() {
        return $this->get_string();
    }

/**
     * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
     *
     * @param array $array
     * @return self
     */
    public static function __set_state(array $array): self {
        $tmp = new lang_string($array['identifier'], $array['component'], $array['a'], $array['lang']);
        $tmp->string = $array['string'];
        $tmp->forcedstring = $array['forcedstring'];
        return $tmp;
    }

/**
     * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
     * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
     * it is generated for this.
     *
     * @return array
     */
    public function __sleep() {
        $this->get_string();
        $this->forcedstring = true;
        return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');
    }

/**
     * Returns the identifier.
     *
     * @return string
     */
    public function get_identifier() {
        return $this->identifier;
    }

/**
     * Returns the component.
     *
     * @return string
     */
    public function get_component() {
        return $this->component;
    }
}

/**
 * Get human readable name describing the given callable.
 *
 * This performs syntax check only to see if the given param looks like a valid function, method or closure.
 * It does not check if the callable actually exists.
 *
 * @param callable|string|array $callable
 * @return string|bool Human readable name of callable, or false if not a valid callable.
 */
function get_callable_name($callable) {

if (!is_callable($callable, true, $name)) {
        return false;

} else {
        return $name;
    }
}

/**
 * Tries to guess if $CFG->wwwroot is publicly accessible or not.
 * Never put your faith on this function and rely on its accuracy as there might be false positives.
 * It just performs some simple checks, and mainly is used for places where we want to hide some options
 * such as site registration when $CFG->wwwroot is not publicly accessible.
 * Good thing is there is no false negative.
 * Note that it's possible to force the result of this check by specifying $CFG->site_is_public in config.php
 *
 * @return bool
 */
function site_is_public() {
    global $CFG;

// Return early if site admin has forced this setting.
    if (isset($CFG->site_is_public)) {
        return (bool)$CFG->site_is_public;
    }

$host = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot, PHP_URL_HOST);

if ($host === 'localhost' || preg_match('|^127\.\d+\.\d+\.\d+$|', $host)) {
        $ispublic = false;
    } else if (\core\ip_utils::is_ip_address($host) && !ip_is_public($host)) {
        $ispublic = false;
    } else if (($address = \core\ip_utils::get_ip_address($host)) && !ip_is_public($address)) {
        $ispublic = false;
    } else {
        $ispublic = true;
    }

return $ispublic;
}

/**
 * Validates user's password length.
 *
 * @param string $password
 * @param int $pepperlength The length of the used peppers
 * @return bool
 */
function exceeds_password_length(string $password, int $pepperlength = 0): bool {
    return (strlen($password) > (MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS + $pepperlength));
}

/**
 * A helper to replace PHP 8.3 usage of array_keys with two args.
 *
 * There is an indication that this will become a new method in PHP 8.4, but that has not happened yet.
 * Therefore this non-polyfill has been created with a different naming convention.
 * In the future it can be deprecated if a core PHP method is created.
 *
 * https://wiki.php.net/rfc/deprecate_functions_with_overloaded_signatures#array_keys
 *
 * @param array $array
 * @param mixed $filter The value to filter on
 * @param bool $strict Whether to apply a strit test with the filter
 * @return array
 */
function moodle_array_keys_filter(array $array, mixed $filter, bool $strict = false): array {
    return array_keys(array_filter(
        $array,
        function($value, $key) use ($filter, $strict): bool {
            if ($strict) {
                return $value === $filter;
            }
            return $value == $filter;
        },
        ARRAY_FILTER_USE_BOTH,
    ));
}

❌ Cancel

🗂️ Enhanced PHP File Manager

📊 Server Information

🔧 Quick Actions

✏️ Editing: moodlelib.php

📤 Upload File

📁 Create Folder

📄 Create File

✏️ Rename Item

🗑️ Delete Confirmation